Dokument wird geladen
orgatex.com SIMPLIFY YOUR WORK FLOW PRODUCT CATALOGUE
4
Dear customers and partners of ORGATEX ®, We are especially proud of our new, digital OX products What you are holding in your hands is more than just a catalogue. It is a departure. More than ever, we are convinced that lean manage- ment and, above all, the efficient use of all resources – be it money, raw materials or employees – is the way forward for companies in the 21st century in order to be successful in the long term. such as the OX-Button, which you can use in combi- nation with the OX-Cloud to automate intralogistics processes at the touch of a button. And thanks to nar- rowband mobile technology it is completely wireless. We would particularly like to recommend our new on- line shop. At orgatex.com you will find everything you can find in the catalogue – easier and more convenient than ever before. And more than ever, we are looking forward to making efficient processes easier to implement. „Simplify your workflow“, our new slogan, puts it in a nutshell. Despite everything that is new, you can rely on some things that remain the same: the quality and durability of our products, committed consultation and service and individualised solutions that work for you. And new is right on cue because we have several things that are new this year. Our new image is certainly the most prominent novelty. New logo, new design, new campaign – we have com- pletely updated our brand to demonstrate our passion for more efficient processes even more clearly. We hope you enjoy our new catalogue. We are con- fident that you will find the right solutions for your lean processes in our catalogue. And if you have any questions or suggestions, please do not hesitate to contact us. Best regards Your ORGATEX® Team
CON CON CON TENTS TENTS TENTS
VISUAL LEAN MANAGEMENT CONTAINER LABELLING Visual pockets, document holders, pallet clamp, sleeve for integrated card pockets SHELF LABELLING Label holders (transparent), label holders (coloured), magnetic labels/strips (coloured), individual shelf labelling FLOOR MARKING Floor marking tape, symbols/blanks, floor windows/transparent, set of parking space markings, floor labelling/eOX-Spot, heavy duty, modules, cold performance, accessories INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN starter sets, systembox, cardplan, KANBAN letterbox, Primus view box, work document sleeve NEW! NEW! NEW! HANGING SIGNS Hanging signs, hanging signs accessories, 5S suspension, aluminium snap frames, block storage signs, shelf and aisle signs, ceiling cubes VISUAL BOARDS Printed boards, wall boards, stand-alone boards, cubes, stop-sign, visual boards, accessories DOCUMENT HOLDERS Magnetic Windows, Multi Windows, Clipboard, FLIP-MAG ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Viewing pockets, receipt holders, document holders, insertion systems, floor marking, LongLife floor marking tape ESD, dollies ESD MATERIAL FLOW MATERIAL TRANSPORT Dollies, shelfwagon, taxiwagon, adapter pallet SAFETY MATERIAL SUPPLY Supermarkets/FIFo-Stations, parking slots, KLT lifts, workstation systems, Individual foam inserts NEW! OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY Anti-slip tape, stair nosing profiles, photoluminescent markings, safety and information signs, floor markings, zebra crossings, warning markings, ABUS Lockout/Tagout-System, warning and protection profiles NEW! DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS THE OX SERIES Mobile Shopfloor Board, OX-Label, OX-Button, OX-Spot, OX-Station, OX-Monomover 2.0, ORGATEX Cloud, OX-Kanban sensor, OX-Parking bay sensor NEW!
WHY WE DO WHAT WE DO WE LOVE LEAN! THAT‘S WHY WE WANT TO SHARE IT. Making efficiency simple is not just our business – it‘s our passion. We develop solutions, that help people to achieve more with less effort. You can see our passion in our products and feel it in the results.
WE ARE ORGATEX, SO THAT EVERYONE CAN BE EFFICIENT. We want to help every company become a lean business. Because we are convinced that handling all resources with respect – from capital, raw materials, and materials to every single person – is the best way to deal with the economic and ecological challenges of our time. That is what we stand for. That what we work for with all our energy. THERE IS ONLY ONE WAY TO LEAN BUSINESS: YOUR WAY. We know from our many years of experience: Every company is special. With its different employees, needs and requirements. This is precisely why one-si- ze-fits-all approaches are not effective. And this is precisely why we develop our solutions so that customised and scalable lean processes are possible for compa- nies of all sizes. IF IT‘S NOT EASY, IT‘S NOT LEAN! It is not until all people in all companies can implement lean processes that every company can become lean. That is why it is worth making efficient processes easy to use for everyone. We will always be at your side during this important step towards a lean business. We promise. S I M P LI F Y YO U R WO R K F LOW. Are you interested? On the following pages, we will show you how you can make lean processes applicable using ORGATEX®.
VISUAL LEAN MANAGEMENT LEAN AT FIRST GLANCE 30 % less Costs 60 % less capital commitment 70 % more productivity Perfect lean processes can be a real boost for your company. But only if everyone is able to implement them.
Everything is clearly visible so that everything can be done quickly. It is well known in process management to put at least as For example, with extremely robust and always clearly visible much love into the applicability of processes as into their floor markings that indicate paths or make storage areas design. Because the easier it is to understand and apply clearly recognisable. With easily recognisable, clear processes, the better the results will be. That‘s why we have markings, e.g. for materials or tools. And with easy-to-un- been working so hard for 50 years to make efficient processes derstand organisational aids such as the Cardplan insertion even easier for everyone to implement. Our way to achieve system or the KANBAN-boards. this: Visual Lean Management. Using effective visual tools we help make processes visible and easy to use throughout the company. To make it lean: all important information at a glance.
EFFICIENT MATERIAL FLOW IT ONLY RUNS SMOOTHLY SMOOTHLY WHEN WHEN WHEN WHEN EVERYTHING EVERYTHING FLOWS Better quality Lower More storage costs sustainability you have the material fl ow under control, you have taken the decisive step towards the many advantages of optimised intralogistics. We are happy to help.
Ensures lower storage costs, less material waste, higher speed – our FiFo railway station. The right material in the right quantity in the right place at simple. Like our transport trolleys, which can be used to the right time – that is lean intralogistics. However, what transport a lot of material. Or our powerful box lifting devices, sounds so simple is often much more complicated in practice. which get production materials where they belong: to a How do you ensure that there is always enough material working height. And last but not least, our ingenious FiFo available without ordering and paying for too much? And stations, which put a smart (and, if required, digital) end to how can heavy materials be delivered to the right place material wastage. without putting too much strain on the employees? For decades, we have been searching and finding solutions for material to flow through the lifelines of companies so efficiently that can they grow and remain healthy. And since we are ORGATEX®, these solutions are not complicated, but Material can be moved easily and efficiently with our transport trolleys.
GREEN MEETS LEAN SUSTAINA BILITY AND EFFICIENCY FOR THE FUTURE Waste reduction Reduction of material Future-proof in production consumption solutions „We help you optimize your processes and minimize your ecological footprint at the same time - for environmentally conscious and resource-saving production.“
Sustainable. Efficient. Future-proof. LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ECO At a time when ecological responsibility PVC carrier film with 40% recycled content, adhesive with is becoming increasingly important, up to 40% less CO₂ - equally strong, but environmentally ORGATEX offers the perfect combina- conscious. tion of efficiency and sustainability with OX-LABEL Green Meets Lean. You can improve your processes with Digital labeling with e-ink - replaces paper, saves resources, proven LEAN methods - GREEN complements them with can be updated at any time. environmentally friendly products and materials. This allows VISUAL POCKET you to reduce waste and lower your ecological footprint at Robust and reusable - protects documents and reduces waste. the same time. LongLife ECO is based on the same structure as LongLife Standard, but uses more sustainable materials.
SECURITY IN INININ SECU RITY Employee protection Production Cost stops prevention reduction Lean strategy cannot work without security. That is why we also provide support in this area with solutions that make a big diff erence.
Safety regulations must be visible and understandable for everyone, especially in the hectic day-to-day operations. Safety is a top priority in lean management. Because smart To avoid this simply but effectively, we have a large selection processes, simple tools, perfect intralogistics are unfortu- of safety products, such as anti-slip adhesive tape, mandatory nately worthless if there is a lack of safety. Every accident action and information signs or clearly visible path markings. interferes with or stops the production process. Every We pay particular attention to the robustness and durability employee who is absent reduces productivity or must be of all our safety products. Because there is one thing safety replaced by costly external labour. must never do: lessen. Our special tape ensures firm footing even in difficult places.
NEW NEW NEW PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS PRODUCTS New technologies and innovative solutions are revolutionizing the way companies optimize their internal processes. The innovations from the ORGATEX® product world help to increase effi ciency, reduce costs, further improve warehouse and transport processes and make your company safer. From digital mobile boards to OX-Spots - these innovations promise to shape the future of intralogistics.
NEW PRODUCTS PALLET CLAMP LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING LABELLING OF EURO PALLETS MADE EASY TAPE GRIP ANTI-SLIP TAPE FOR ALL AREAS The pallet clamp is robust, flexible and makes it easy Floor markings visualise danger zones ... but to label every block on the pallet. With three slide-in LongLifeGrip can do even more. With its particularly compartments for documents or receipts, you can high adhesive strength and slip resistance (slip class keep an overview from any position. R11), you will always be taking a safe step forward. More information More information
LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ECO TAPE HEAVY DUTY SUSTAINABILITY THAT DELIVERS WHAT IT PROMISES STRONG HOLD FOR HIGH LOADS LongLife ECO is based on the same structure as The risk potential is highest on highly frequented LongLife Standard, but uses more sustainable routes. Robust and reliable markings are essential. materials. The PVC film contains 40% recycled Due to its particularly high material thickness, our material and the adhesive is produced using the LongLife Heavy Duty has the most resistant backing biomass balance method with raw materials such as layer. The bevelled edges also make it resistant to bio-gas and bio-naphtha. forklift traffic. More information More information
NEW PRODUCTS LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW TAPE ROUGH GROUND DIRT-REPELLENT ROBUST MARKING TAPE DIRT-REPELLENT FOR ROUGH INDUSTRIAL SURFACES WINDOWS FOR LONG-LASTING PARKING SPACE MARKING The self-adhesive floor marking tape is specially Labeling storage locations is essential for orderly designed to withstand demanding conditions in storage and controlling the flow of goods. Our clear industrial environments. Whether it‘s concrete, windows have been designed for these purposes and asphalt or other uneven surfaces, this tape offers a are characterized by durable material. Available in reliable and durable solution for your marking needs. different colors for clear identification. The label is inserted beneath the window and the 4 sides of the floor window are glued to the floor. The dirt-repellent surface makes the window easier to clean. More information More information
WARNING AND PROTECTION PROFILES LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW HEAVY DUTY HIGH LEVEL OF SAFETY THANKS TO SHOCK-AB- SORBING PROFILES FLOOR WINDOWS THAT CAN WITHSTAND THE HIGHEST LOADS Warning and protective profiles absorb hard impacts In industrial environments, floor markings and and effectively prevent injuries and damage to and markings wear quickly in busy pallet storage property. Striking signal colors identify sources of areas and production areas with high traffic, such as danger at an early stage. The profiles are resistant to forklifts and heavy pallets. This leads to illegible temperature and moisture and are suitable for indoor markings, causing safety risks and inefficient and outdoor use - e.g. on machines, walls, shelves or processes. The HeavyDuty vision panel, reinforced passageways. Different shapes allow them to be by a rounded metal frame and bolted to the floor, used on almost all surfaces. offers a durable solution that can withstand heavy forklift traffic. More information More information
NEW PRODUCTS ORGATEX CLOUD OX-LABEL THE DIGITISATION OF INTRALOGISTICS THIS IS HOW SUSTAINABLE DIGITAL LABELS ARE The OX-Cloud by ORGATEX® offers companies a Digital intralogistics not only saves time in produc- secure and efficient way to manage, analyse and tion, but also protects the environment. Our e-labels store OX product data centrally. connect via the NB-IoT (NarrowBand IoT) mobile This allows you to increase your production network and are therefore independent of any other processes and optimise efficiency. infrastructure. The e-paper displays combine the advantages of analog media, such as scannability and legibility from all angles, with those of digital media, such as fast content exchange and reduced effort with minimal energy consumption. More information More information
OX-STATION OPTIMISED PROCESSES FOR THE DIGITAL RAILWAY STATION OX-SPOT LABELING WITH RADIANCE The OX-Station is the digital extension to our classic With the OX-Spot, oily, uneven, or rough floors are no FiFo station. Connect up to 120 lanes with an efficient longer a problem. Its strong High-power LED pick-by-light system. False picks are reduced to a with the highly efficient luminous flux (4730 lm) minimum, internal and external redelivery processes casts the right sign in the right place – without any are automatically triggered according to the risk of tripping or wear out. Labels can be quickly KANBAN principle and the digital interface enables exchanged at any time and adapted to direct access to all goods movements. current requirements. More information More information
NEW PRODUCTS OX-PARKING BAY SENSOR INTELLIGENT STORAGE BIN DETECTION MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD DIGITAL SHOPFLOOR MANAGEMENT The OX-Parking bay sensor reliably detects Bring all data from the cloud directly to your shop movement and the operating status - in real time. floor in real time. Industry 4.0 means collecting and Whether carton, pallet or machine: it automatically analysing data and then evaluating it directly. detects whether an area is occupied, free or in use. Combine our mobile shopfloor solution with our Thanks to motion detection and sensor fusion, it digital products – so you are always up to date. monitors storage zones precisely and wirelessly - regardless of light or dirt. Ceiling-mounted, the work area remains free and flexible to use. More information More information
ALSO NEW! SECURITY FOR YOUR WORK PROCESSES More information OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 A PUSH FOR PRODUCTION The feed unit is the centrepiece of modern intralogi- stics: the OX-Monomover transports floor rollers from A to B automatically with the help of its bristle belts. This enables FiFo stations to be upgraded and production processes are optimised. Light barriers at the end of each unit independently control the transport from one module to the next. More information
CONTAINER LABELLING CON TAIN ER LABEL LING The basic requirement for effi cient processes in operations: clear and distinct labelling of all containers. Whether it is a Eurobox, a plastic crate, a pallet cage, KLT, GLT or other containers: ORGATEX® always off ers the right solution.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING Visual pockets Visual pockets for attaching Mounting options for visual pockets Visual pockets, self-adhesive Visual pockets, magnetic Visual pockets, super magnetic Document holders KANBAN cover, magnetic/self-adhesive KANBAN cover for overhanging Document holder KAN-COPA KANBAN cover MEGA Label cover, self-adhesive Document holder KAN-CLIP Label holder, self-adhesive Pallet clamp Pallet clamp/label holder Covers for integrated cars pockets KANBAN sleeves KLT-SNAPPER KANBAN sleeves KAN-Label KANBAN sleeves KLMU KANBAN sleeves KNTA Label holder for insertion NEW! Label holder anti-stick LongLife fabric tape dots There are numerous variants of container shapes and We offer a wide variety of options for attaching the materials: some common containers already have visual pockets, so they can be applied to virtually any inserts that can be used for labelling, e.g. KLT cont- surface. ainers or Euroboxes. We offer customised label holders and card pockets in a wide variety of designs for this If your containers are made of metal, our magnetic purpose. However, our solutions also provide a remedy pockets or our magnetic document holders can be for the numerous container variants without existing utilised. Plastic, wooden or glass containers can be inserts: if, for example, there are no suitable surfaces perfectly and securely labelled with our self-adhesive for attaching labels, our high-quality, processed visual visual pockets. Regardless of which container variants pockets are the perfect solution. you use, you will always find the right solution for convenient, efficient, and clear labelling.
CONTAINER L ABE LLING INFOGRAPHIC VISUAL POCKETS Hanging hole for various attachment options Slot perforation for all-round brackets Transparent cling film Suitable for all containers For flexible or permanent labelling Wide range of mounting options
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINE R L ABE LLING For attaching/overhanging Due to the wide range of attachment options and our extensive and unique accessories, there is a labelling option for almost every container. DIN-Formats Design of documents in standardised format DIN Protective flap Prevents soiling of the documents Common 5S colours Ongoing development Magnetic/super-magnetic Self-adhesive Our magnetic visual pockets The strong adhesive ensures are suitable for labelling pallet a secure hold even on uneven cages and metal containers or surfaces. No matter whether machines. They adhere to all metal, wood, plastic or glass, the ferrous surfaces, are non-slip and pocket sticks securely even when can be quickly re-positioned. subjected to strong vibrations. m m 8 0 1 m m 0 7 1/3 DIN 225 mm DIN A7 m m 1 1 1 DIN A6 m m 2 5 1 DIN A5 m m 7 1 2 DIN A5 m m 7 1 2 DIN A4 m m 0 5 3 DIN A4 112 mm 156 mm 225 mm 153 mm 322 mm 217 mm
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS FOR ATTACHING In many cases, there are no suitable surfaces on containers for attaching labelling. This can be remedied with the clip-on visual pockets. Thanks to the wide range of attachment options and our extensive and unique accessories, there are labelling options for almost any surface. - 5 hanging holes - Also available with protective flap
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINE R L ABE LLING A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension A B 1/3 160/108 230/225 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 264/217 160/153 268/217 325/322 350/322 229/217
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS FOR ATTACHING, MOUNTING OPTIONS FOR VISUAL POCKETS Standard version Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. SD011- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. SD012- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SD016- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SD013- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SD015- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD018- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD020- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 With protective fl ap Format Order no. + colour code DIN A5 landsc. SD014- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD019- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD021- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 All-round bracket (patented) Order no. KTB3000 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. The patented all-round bracket for quick attachment to our pockets with a slot perforation in the upper section. Designed for pallet cages and/or thick-walled containers up to 4 cm. Dimensions (W x H): 215 x 125 mm. The all-round bar cannot be used with: - Pocket design with protective flap - DIN A7, DIN A4 landscape Wall bracket for hangers Order no. WDH1 Pack 5 pcs. Pockets that are not currently in use can be conveniently „parked“ on the wall holder to save space. Suitable for special support bracket MA2000 and all-round bracket KTB3000. Dimensions (W x H x D): 210 x 25 x 60 mm.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING Special retaining bracket Order no. MA2000 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. The special retaining bracket is pulled through the two outer suspension holes of the visual pockets. Due to the spring steel design, it sits firmly between bars or cardboard boxes, on lattice boxes, etc. This bracket can be hung, inserted and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 320 x 100 mm. Particularly suitable for DIN A4 landscape, cannot be used for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Mini special retaining bracket Order no. MA2080 Pack 10 pcs. The mini special retaining bracket made of spring steel wire was developed for attaching smaller pocket formats (DIN A6 landscape, DIN A5 portrait). Secure hold on cardboard boxes, containers, mesh boxes etc. This bracket can be hung, inserted, and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 230 x 80 mm. Only suitable for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Container bracket Order no. MA2090 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black-coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers up to approx. 2 cm thick. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 21 mm. Container bracket Order no. MA2100 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black-coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers up to approx. 5 cm thick. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 45 mm.
CONTAINER LABELLING MOUNTING OPTIONS FOR VISUAL POCKETS U-clamps (patented) Order no. MA2030 Pack 50 pcs. For attaching pockets/sleeves to all types of pallet cages. The special bending enables easy removal Dimensions (WxH): 28 x 55 mm. U-clamps Order no. MA2020 Pack 50 pcs. For piercing cardboard, film and other outer packaging and when using small pocket sizes (DIN A7/DIN A6). Dimensions (WxH): 15 x 38 mm. Steel clips Order no. MA2070 Pack 10 pcs. For clamping the pockets to plastic crates, bars, wooden slats, cardboard boxes, etc. Quick to change. Spread width 17 mm, non-slip rubber shoes on the grippers for a gentle grip. Length: 35 mm. Plastic spike Order no. MA2060 Pack 50 pcs. For piercing soft materials such as cardboard, film, plastic bags, textiles, etc. Length: 12 mm. KAN-Gripper Order no. KAN-GRIPPER Pack 100 pcs. For hanging on pallet cages, the pocket is clamped in the holder.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING KAN-U-Gripper Order no. KAN-U-GRIPPER Pack 100 pcs. For overhanging, e.g. on pallet cages, with 2 parallel hooks and wide pocket clip. Plastic tie Order no. MA2050 Pack 50 pcs. Plastic ties are highly recommended if the pockets are to be permanently attached or, for example, attached to profiles, cables or the like. The special fastener allows for multiple use. Length: 320 mm. Hook-and-loop dot Order no. PFH22 Set 100 pair Hook-and-loop dot (Ø 22 mm) with high adhesive force for detachable connections. Easy fixing of a wide variety of materials. Set = 100 fleece dots and 100 hook dots. Metal tape, self-adhesive Order no. BMS35 Rolle 5 m The self-adhesive metal tape with strong adhesive force is particularly suitable for making non-metallic materials magnetic. Any unevenness on the surface is levelled out by the foam adhesive applied to the back. The white surface offers a particularly neutral appearance. The product can be processed from the roll (35 x 5000 mm) and cut directly to size with scissors. VST-Gripper Order no. VST-GRIPPER Pack 50 pcs. The round tube label holder makes it easy to flexibly attach visual pockets or label holders to round tubes with a diameter of 28 to 30 mm. The grip points on the inside prevent slipping when fitting or removing the labelling. The interlocked mount provides a secure hold even with vibration.
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SELF-ADHESIVE With strong foam adhesive strips on the back, all pocket types can be attached to suitable surfaces. Be it metal, wood, plastic, precious metal or glass: the pocket adheres securely even when subjected to strong vibrations or on uneven surfaces.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINE R L ABE LLING A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension A B 1/3 160/108 230/225 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 264/217 160/153 268/217 325/322 350/322 229/217
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SELF-ADHESIVE With 1 foam adhesive strip Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A7 landsc. SDSK/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A6 landsc. SDSK/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 1/3 DIN SDSK/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. SDSK/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. SDSK/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SDSK/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SDSK/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. With 2 foam adhesive strips Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A7 landsc. 2SDSK/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A6 landsc. 2SDSK/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 1/3 DIN 2SDSK/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. 2SDSK/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. 2SDSK/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. 2SDSK/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. 2SDSK/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS MAGNETIC Magnetic pockets made of hard-wearing plastic with a reinforced upper section have a transparent front. Inserted papers can be read without removing them. The magnetic strips on the back feature high magnetic adhesive force and quality.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINE R L ABE LLING A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension A B 1/3 160/108 230/225 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 264/217 160/153 268/217 325/322 350/322 229/217
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS MAGNETIC 1 magnetic strip Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A7 landsc. MA7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A6 landsc. MA6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 1/3 DIN MA1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. MA5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. MA5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MA4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MA4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 2 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A7 landsc. SD2M/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A6 landsc. SD2M/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 1/3 DIN SD2M/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. SD2M/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. SD2M/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD2M/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD2M/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 4 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SD4M/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. SD4M/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD4M/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD4M/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. Magnetic vinyl, all-over Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A6 landsc. SDVF/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 1/3 DIN SDVF/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. SDVF/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 portr. SDVF/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SDVF/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SDVF/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING 1 magnetic strip (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. MA5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MA4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MA4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 2 magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SD2M/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD2M/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD2M/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 4 magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SD4M/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD4M/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD4M/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. Magnetic vinyl, all-over (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SDVF/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SDVF/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SDVF/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SUPER-MAGNETIC The super-magnetic visual pocket with 2 neodymium magnets has been specially developed for small ferrous surfaces (pallet cages) or curved or uneven surfaces (e.g. barrels). Guarantees a secure hold even with rough treatment (vibration, transport, etc.). A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 268/217 325/322 350/322 229/217
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING Neodymium magnets Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A6 landsc. MU2260- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. MU2250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MU2240- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MU2230- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. Neodymium magnets and magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A6 landsc. MUV260- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A5 landsc. MUV250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MUV240- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MUV230- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. Neodymium magnets (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. MU2251- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MU2241- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MU2231- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs. Neodymium magnets and magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. MUV251- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MUV241- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MUV231- - - - - - - 07 - - 10 pcs.
CONTAINE R L ABE LLING INFOGRAPHIC LABEL AND RECEIPT HOLDER Raised front edge for pulling out while inserting For hanging on Euroboxes Bevelled insertion aid Suitable for all containers For flexible or permanent labelling Pre-cut cardboard inserts for customised printing
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINE R L ABE LLING Cover for overhanging Receipt holder made of transparent rigid PVC, for hanging on Euroboxes, plastic boxes, etc. The viewing window is scanner readable; the bevelled front edge makes it easier to insert and remove receipts. Label holder Perfect fit for KLT containers and Euroboxes. The labels are well protected from dirt and moisture thanks to the lateral insert. Common format sizes Clip-in profile With foam adhesive on the back for attaching material cards, article infor- mation, label pockets on plastic crates and wooden pallets Ongoing development Label cover/receipt holder Self-adhesive receipt holder made of transparent, UV-re- sistant rigid PVC with 2 adhesive strips for permanent attachment to containers of all kinds, e.g. plastic crates. The bevelled front edges allow easy insertion and removal of the labels. Label holder Simple labelling of plastic crates. The angle makes inserting the labels very easy. Whether on smooth or roughened surfaces, the robust foam adhesive adheres securely to almost all surfaces.
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN-COVER MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Self-adhesive or magnetic receipt holder made of transparent rigid PVC for attaching to Euroboxes, plastic crates, metal containers, etc. - Easy insertion and removal of slips due to bevelled front edge - Scanner-readable and UV-resistant KANBAN-Cover, magnetic/self-adhesive Format DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 Order no. KAN-COSA7 KAN-COSA6 KAN-COSA5 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) KAN-COS1/4DIN EC (85 x 62 mm) KAN-COS-EC DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 KAN-COMA7 KAN-COMA6 KAN-COMA5 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) KAN-COM1/4DIN EC (85 x 62 mm) KAN-COM-EC Properties Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN-COVER FOR OVERHANGING Receipt holder made of transparent rigid PVC, for hanging over Euroboxes, plastic crates, etc. The viewing window is scanner readable, the bevelled front edge makes it easier to insert and remove receipts. - Containers remain stackable - UV-resistant - Good clamping effect - Good handling - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode KANBAN-Cover for overhanging Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. 215 x 80 x 17 215 x 155 x 17 155 x 110 x 17 110 x 80 x 17 87 x 55 x 17 KAN-COW1/4DIN KAN-COWA5 KAN-COWA6 KAN-COWA7 KAN-COW-EC Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING DOCUMENT HOLDER KAN-COPA Document holder made of transparent rigid PVC with a 90° angled insert tab. Especially suitable for labelling cardboard boxes or stacked products. - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode - UV-resistant - Easy handling KAN-COPA document holder Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 210 x 148 148 x 105 105 x 74 220 x 80 KAN-COPA5 KAN-COPA6 KAN-COPA7 KAN-COP1/4DIN Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN-COVER MEGA Secure labelling of loose materials such as bulk goods or C-parts using the KANBAN cover by placing it directly on the container. If there are no label holders on the container, the KANBAN card holder is the right solution due to its own weight. Can be used, for example, as checked/blocked labelling or as a carrier for KANBAN cards and can also be used in all ORGATEX® KANBAN or Heijunka boards. - Matt material (no reflection) - Extremely robust - Scratch resistant - Suitable for the ORGATEX® system box - Good readability of receipts/KANBAN cards KANBAN-Cover MEGA Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 215 x 100 KAN-CO1/3DIN Pack 10 Pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL-COVER SELF-ADHESIVE With its 2 high-performance adhesive strips on the back, it is particularly suitable for containers with smooth walls. The raised front side makes it easier to insert/remove the receipts. - Scanner-readable and UV-resistant Label-Cover, self-adhesive Format DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 Order no. Properties LABCOVA7-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive LABCOVA6-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive LABCOVA5-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) LABC1/4-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING DOCUMENT HOLDER KAN-CLIP Clip-in profile with foam adhesive on the back for attaching material cards, article information and label pockets to plastic crates and wooden pallets. Whether on smooth or roughened plastic surfaces, aluminium, wood-like surfaces, glass and ceramic surfaces, precious or other fine metal surfaces or multicoated metal surfaces, the foam adhesive adheres securely to almost all surfaces. - Simple labelling of boxes and containers - Excellent labelling of pallet feet - Self-adhesive on almost all surfaces KAN-Clip document holder Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 75 x 31 KAN-CLIP75 Pack 100 Pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER SELF-ADHESIVE Clip-in profile with foam adhesive on the back for attaching material cards, article information and label pockets to plastic crates. Made of transparent rigid PVC for insertion. - Secure hold - Dust-protected - Scanner readable - UV-resistant - Easy handling - Easy insertion and removal of receipts Label holder, self-adhesive Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. 61 x 100 x 14 KAN-COSW100-60 Pack 100 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING PALLET CLAMP/LABEL HOLDER Labelling Euro pallets easily The pallet clamp is robust, flexible and makes it easy to label every block on the pallet. With 3 slide-in compartments for receipts, you can keep an overview from any position. The clamp is fixed to the respective block by utilising the pretension provided by the geometry of the clamp and the bars on the back. Regardless of the viewer‘s position, the document inserts on both long sides and on the closed short side make the labelling of the pallet visible. - Even more stable and of higher quality than the previous model (injection moulding process) - Now placement in the centre and on the corner blocks of the pallet is possible - Signal colour yellow - Other colours on request Pallet clamp/Label holder Designation Pallet clamp Order no. Format (WxHxD) (mm) KAN-PS2-04 160 x 117 x 72 Label holder, transparent KAN-PS2-HE100 100 x 2,5 x 70 Label holder, transparent KAN-PS2-HE150 150 x 2,5 x 70 Cardboard labels, white Cardboard labels, white ET600 ET650 100 x 67 150 x 67 Pack 20 Pcs. 20 Pcs. 20 Pcs. 80 Pcs. 40 Pcs.
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KLT-SNAPPER Easy insertion, secure hold even under load. Available in various colours. - Cardboard inserts available in the suitable size - Scanner readable - VDA standard 4902 KLT-Snapper Kanban sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner / Outer dim. (WxH) (mm) Inlay Pack KLT-SNAP/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 67/209 x 80 KLT-SNAP-1/3DIN/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KLT-SNAP-DINA5/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 135/209 x 147 ET670 50 Pcs. ET85 ET135 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KAN-LABEL KAN-Label is a particularly hard-wearing version of our labelling pockets. The cardboard inserts are inserted at the side and are therefore very well protected against dirt and moisture. - Cardboard inserts available in the appropriate size - Scanner readable - For inserting into KANBAN panels - Suitable for KLT or Euroboxes KAN-Label Kanban sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner / Outer dim. (WxH) (mm) Inlay Pack KL100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 200 x 67/209 x 74 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KAN-LABELA5/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 135/209 x 147 ET670 50 Pcs. ET85 ET135 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KLMU Due to the 2 neodymium magnets welded into the head section, the KANBAN sleeve can also be securely attached to uneven or round surfaces (barrels/reels). - Magnets with high adhesive force - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode - Suitable for VDA document holders - Cardboard inserts available in the suitable size KLMU Kanban sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner / Outer dim. (WxH) (mm) Inlay Pack KLMU100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 200 x 67/210 x 85 ET670 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KNTA Same design as KAN label, but with Euro perforation and additional slot perforation in the head section for hanging. - Cardboard inserts available in the appropriate size - Scanner readable KNTA Kanban sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner / Outer dim. (WxH) (mm) Inlay Pack KNTA- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 150 x 67/209 x 85 ET650 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER ANTI-STICK Anti-stick label: The solution for clean and residue-free container labeling. Containers are essential in industrial production, especially for storing raw materials and goods. Clear, residue-free labeling is crucial. However, traditional labels often leave behind sticky residue, which looks unappealing and makes it difficult to apply new labels. Our innovative anti-stick label provides the perfect solution: it acts as a reusable carrier for temporary labels, which can be removed cleanly without leaving residue or damaging the container surface. This keeps the container clean and ready for the next labeling. - No adhesive residue - Clear labeling - Self-adhesive - Customized printing on request - Simplifies handling for staff - Reusable for multiple labeling cycles
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING Label holder Anti-Stick Version Format (WxL) Order no. Colour Piece Self-adhesive anti-stick labels 105 mm x 160 mm AS-E105-160 white Self-adhesive anti-stick labels 125 mm x 200 mm AS-E125-200 white 1 1
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER INSERTABLE Made out of transparent rigid PVC for insertion. - Secure hold - Dust-protected - Scanner readable - UV-resistant - Easy handling - Easy insertion and removal Label holder insertable Outer Dim. (WxH) (mm) Order no. For LF 75 x 22 75 x 26 78 x 36 102 x 36 102 x 43 KLT22-75 KLT26-75 LF211, LF221, 14/7-5 14/7-3ZD KLT36-78 LF511 GZW KLT36-102 LF221, LF321, LF322, LF531G, LF532, 14/7-4, 14/7-3Z, 14/7-2H, 14/7-1 Inlay ET275 ET230 ET378 ET302 Pack 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. KLT43-102 LF533, LF543G, 14/7-3, 14/7-Gr.2 ET402 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY CONTAINER LABELLING FABRIC TAPE-DOTS LONGLIFE Unlimited application possibilities! The LongLife fabric adhesive tape is a PE-coated, dense, fine threaded and waterproof synthetic silk fabric with a highly adhesive, shear-resistant natural rubber adhesive with very good ageing resistance. It is also available in many colours and is perfect for industrial labelling. Can be used both indoors and outdoors. - Very good ageing resistance - For indoor and outdoor areas - Resistance to abrasion, decomposition and moisture - Firm texture - Dense, fine-threaded, and waterproof synthetic silk fabric tape LongLife Fabric Tape-Dots Version Format (Ø) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Dots Roll length Dots 30 LGGW30-P- 01 02 - 04 05 06 07 88 4000 -
SHELF LABELLING SHELF SHELF SHELF SHELF SHELF LABEL LABEL LABEL LABEL LABEL LINGLING LINGLING LING Long search times in the warehouse are inconceivable given the demands placed on companies nowadays. A coordinate system as the basis for the clear allocation of goods to storage locations provides a remedy. An elabo- rate numeric key is derived from the coordinates of a storage location and thus ensures clear spatial identifi cation.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING Label carrier, transparent Round tube label carrier Label carrier, magnetic/self-adhesive Label carrier, coloured Colour label carrier, magnetic Label Top label carrier, magnetic/self-adhesive Label Plus label carrier, magnetic/self-adhesive Mega Label carrier, magnetic/self-adhesive Magnetic labels/-tape, coloured Magnetic labels Magnet-blanks Self-adhesive Magnetic tape Flex sign, self-adhesive Cardboard inserts Individual shelf labelling NEW! Label holder anti-stick For this system to work in practice, optimum labelling Using a foam adhesive, they adhere easily to shelves, is required: clearly visible labelling on rows of shelves, pallets, and containers. Our magnetic storage labels shelving compartments and storage levels. At are used for metal surfaces. We have designed all ORGATEX® you will find the right labelling for all areas versions so that documents can be easily inserted and and purposes: whether magnetic or self-adhesive, replaced. Due to the transparent clear profile, error- coloured, or transparent, for permanent or temporary free scanning of barcodes does not pose a problem. attachment. Tubular shelving systems can also be clearly labelled Our self-adhesive Quick-Label inserts are particularly using our round tube label holders. suitable for fixed storage locations and variable items.
SHELF L ABE LLING INFOGRAPHIC SHELF LABELLING 0 2 - 0 2 - 0 0 - 0 2 0 2 - 0 2 - 0 0 - 0 1 0 2 - 0 Shelf space labelling 1 - 0 0 - 0 2 0 2 - 0 Shelf row labelling Shelf labelling 1 - 0 0 - 0 1 Shelf level labelling Clear definition of a storage location For flexible or perma- nent labelling Pre-punched cardboard inlays to ensure pre- cise printing
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHE LF L ABE LLING Poster frames (shelf row) Labelling on the front provides high visibility. Hanging signs (p. 172) can also be used as triangles or squares. Common format sizes Label holder (shelf level) Whether it is permanent or temporary, labelling can be self-adhesive or magnetic. Common 5S colours 0 Ongoing development 1 2 - 0 1 - 0 0 - 0 1 Transparent window (shelf space) Labelling the lowest spaces presents a parti- cular challenge, as this is where additional loads are placed by industrial trucks. This is where the transparent window (p. 128) with its excellent adhesive strength is an optimal solution. Flex sign (shelf field) Specially developed for high loads. The 90° angle has a great long-distance effect. Due to the 2-component design, the sign simply springs back into its original position after contact with the pallet (storage/retrieval). This way, damage is avoidable.
SHELF LABELLING ROUND TUBE LABEL HOLDER Due to its ergonomic shape, the label holder forms a single unit with the profile or tube. The sturdy transparent profile is open at the sides and top, making it easy to change the matching cardboard inserts. The 2-component design provides the clip with both stability and flexibility. Whether round tube or profile tube, specially arranged grip points on the inside provide a secure hold all around. Format (width) (mm) Order no. Gripper per pack Inlay 100 200 - VST-Label-100 100 Pcs. ET335 VST-Label-200 100 Pcs. VST-GRIPPER - - - Pack 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE The sturdy transparent profile is open at the sides and top. This means that not only can suitable cardboard inserts be easily inserted and exchanged, but also larger receipts, accompanying documents or additional information are always ready to hand. The sturdy label holders are equipped with a foam adhesive or a full surface magnetic film on the back. The transparent clear profile enables error-free scanning of barcodes. A B Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B 20 75 100 150 27 75 100 150 38 75 100 150 47 75 100 150 67 100 150 200
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Label holders, magnetic Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. Inlay Pack 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 27 x 75 27 x 100 27 x 150 38 x 75 38 x 100 38 x 150 47 x 75 47 x 100 47 x 150 67 x 100 67 x 150 HE120-75 HE120-100 HE120-150 HE127-75 HE127-100 HE127-150 HE138-75 HE138-100 HE138-150 HE147-75 HE147-100 HE147-150 HE167-100 HE167-150 67 x 200 HE167-200 ET190 ET210 ET220 ET75 ET100 ET150 ET375 ET300 ET350 ET475 ET400 ET450 ET600 ET650 ET670 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) Label holders, self-adhesive Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. Inlay Pack 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 27 x 75 27 x 100 27 x 150 38 x 75 38 x 100 38 x 150 47 x 75 47 x 100 47 x 150 67 x 100 67 x 150 SL020-75 SL020-100 SL020-150 SL027-75 SL027-100 SL027-150 SL038-75 SL038-100 SL038-150 SL047-75 SL047-100 SL047-150 SL067-100 SL067-150 67 x 200 SL067-200 ET190 ET210 ET220 ET75 ET100 ET150 ET375 ET300 ET350 ET475 ET400 ET450 ET600 ET650 ET670 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS COLOUR MAGNETIC Label carrier with a 10 mm wide, coloured top edge. The reverse side is fully magnetic. The colour coding makes it easy to distinguish between individual product groups or subject areas. A A B B Existing formats in mm, outer / inner dimensions A B B 35/25 100/100 150/150 48/38 100/100 150/150 60/50 100/100 150/150
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING Colour Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 35 x 100 35 x 100 35 x 150 35 x 150 48 x 100 48 x 100 48 x 150 48 x 150 60 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 150 60 x 150 HE525-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET200 50 Pcs. HE225-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET200 100 Pcs. HE525-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET250 50 Pcs. HE225-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET250 100 Pcs. HE538-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET300 50 Pcs. HE238-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET300 100 Pcs. HE538-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET350 50 Pcs. HE238-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET350 100 Pcs. HE550-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET500 50 Pcs. HE250-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET500 100 Pcs. HE550-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET550 50 Pcs. HE250-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET550 100 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS LABEL TOP MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Label holder for cardboard inserts. The openings at the side and top allow you to quickly insert suitable and larger documents, e.g. for additional information. A A B B Existing formats in mm, outer / inner dimensions A B 35/25 107/100 50/38 107/100 80/67 160/100
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING Label top, 1 magnetic strip Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 25 x 100/ 35 x 107 38 x 100/ 50 x 107 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LTM110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 LTM110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 LTM160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) Label Top, 2 magnetic strip Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LTV160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) Label Top, 1 foam adhesive strip Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 25 x 100/ 35 x 107 38 x 100/ 50 x 107 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LTS110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 LTS110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 LTS160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS LABEL PLUS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Coloured label holders, available in magnetic or self-adhesive versions. Label Plus is open at the top. Labels are easy to insert and hold securely in place. A A B B Existing formats in mm, outer / inner dimensions A B 35/25 107/100 50/38 107/100 80/67 160/150
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING Label Plus, 1 magnetic strip Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 25 x 100/ 35 x 107 38 x 100/ 50 x 107 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LPM110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 LPM110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 LPM160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) Label Plus, 2 magnetic strips Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LPV160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) Label Plus, 1 foam adhesive strip Format inner/ outside Dim. (HxW) (mm) 25 x 100/ 35 x 107 38 x 100/ 50 x 107 67 x 150/ 80 x 160 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack LPS110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 LPS110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 LPS160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MEGA MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE The large MEGA label carriers are hard- wearing plastic labels with a transparent front, welded at the top and bottom so that the matching cardboard insert can be easily inserted from the right or left. A B Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B B B 60 100 150 200 300 600 80 100 150 200 300 600
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING MEGA, magnetic Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 60 x 100 HEM360-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET500 50 Pcs. 60 x 150 HEM360-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET550 50 Pcs. 60 x 200 HEM360-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET520 50 Pcs. 60 x 300 HEM360-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET700 25 Pcs. 60 x 600 HEM360-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET730 10 Pcs. 80 x 100 HEM380-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET600 50 Pcs. 80 x 150 HEM380-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET650 50 Pcs. 80 x 200 HEM380-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET670 50 Pcs. 80 x 300 HEM380-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET800 25 Pcs. 80 x 600 HEM380-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET830 10 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays) MEGA self-adhesive Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 60 x 100 HES460-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET500 50 Pcs. 60 x 150 HES460-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET550 50 Pcs. 60 x 200 HES460-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET520 50 Pcs. 60 x 300 HES460-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET700 25 Pcs. 60 x 600 HES460-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET730 10 Pcs. 80 x 100 HES480-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET600 50 Pcs. 80 x 150 HES480-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET650 50 Pcs. 80 x 200 HES480-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET670 50 Pcs. 80 x 300 HES480-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET800 25 Pcs. 80 x 600 HES480-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET830 10 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING MAGNETIC LABELS ORGATEX® magnetic storage labels made of particularly high-quality magnetic foil. - Guarantee a secure hold on all ferrous surfaces - Installed and implemented in seconds This ensures that labelling in the warehouse is always up-to-date, clean and clear. 5 different colours provide additional differentiation at first glance. A B Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B B 20 60 75 100 150 25 60 75 100 150 30 60 75 100 150 35 60 75 100 150 40 60 75 100 150 50 60 75 100 150 60 60 75 100 150 70 60 75 100 150
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHE LF L ABE LLING Magnetic storage labels (shelf labels) Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 20 x 60 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 25 x 60 25 x 75 25 x 100 25 x 150 30 x 60 30 x 75 30 x 100 30 x 150 35 x 60 35 x 75 35 x 100 35 x 150 40 x 60 40 x 75 40 x 100 40 x 150 50 x 60 50 x 75 50 x 100 50 x 150 60 x 60 60 x 75 60 x 100 60 x 150 70 x 60 70 x 75 70 x 100 70 x 150 MR60-20/ MR75-20/ MR100-20/ MR150-20/ MR60-25/ MR75-25/ MR100-25/ MR150-25/ MR60-30/ MR75-30/ MR100-30/ MR150-30/ MR60-35/ MR75-35/ MR100-35/ MR150-35/ MR60-40/ MR75-40/ MR100-40/ MR150-40/ MR60-50/ MR75-50/ MR100-50/ MR150-50/ MR60-60/ MR75-60/ MR100-60/ MR150-60/ MR60-70/ MR75-70/ MR100-70/ MR150-70/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs. 100 Pcs.
SHELF LABELLING MAGNETIC BLANKS Magnetic tapes for cutting to size Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 10 x 600 15 x 600 20 x 600 25 x 600 30 x 600 35 x 600 40 x 600 50 x 600 60 x 600 70 x 600 75 x 600 80 x 600 90 x 600 MB710/ MB715/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 MB720/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB725/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB730/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB735/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB740/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB750/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB760/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB770/ MB775/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 MB780/ 1 2 3 4 5 MB790/ 1 2 3 4 5 100 x 600 MB800/ 1 2 3 4 5 Magnetic sheets for cutting to size Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code 200 x 300 R262/ 1 2 3 4 5 300 x 600 400 x 600 600 x 600 R512/ R513/ R514/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. Pcs. 1 Pcs. 1 Pcs. 1 Pcs. 1 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING SELF-ADHESIVE MAGNETIC TAPE The full-surface adhesive on the back makes it possible to attach non-magnetic objects, e.g. warning or information signs made of aluminium or plastic, to metal doors and gates. The flexible material also allows attachment to non-planar surfaces such as barrels or pipes. - High adhesive force - Can be shortened with scissors or cutter knife - Fully magnetic - Flexible - Material thickness: 0.75 mm Self-adhesive magnetic tape Format (HxB) (mm) Order no. 20 x 600 25 x 600 30 x 600 35 x 600 40 x 600 50 x 600 60 x 600 70 x 600 75 x 600 80 x 600 100 x 600 SMB520 SMB525 SMB530 SMB535 SMB540 SMB550 SMB560 SMB570 SMB575 SMB580 SMB600 Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
SHELF LABELLING FLEX SIGN SELF-ADHESIVE The flex sign is suitable for shelf, storage and storage space labelling. Made out of a special rigid film, it enables flexible labelling (the sign springs back into its original position when jolted). The sign is attached using 2 flex grippers, which are included as part of the delivery.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING Flex sign, self-adhesive Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. + Colour code For documents/ inlay (ET) 67 x 300 110 x 300 210 x 300 FX-SK-67- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 ET800 FX-SK- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 1/2 DIN A4 FX-SK-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 DIN A4 Pack 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. Cardboard inserts (Inlays)
SHELF LABELLING CARDBOARD INSERTS, INLAY (ET) Clean and easy to design cardboard inserts are the basic requirement for clear shelf/container labelling and can also be used as KANBAN or Heijunka cards. Due to the all-round micro-perforation, the cardboard inserts can be removed without leaving any residue and without the need for scissors or a cutter knife. Customised printing is simplified by the free print templates for all formats available at orgatex.com. The designed sheets can be printed on all commercially available printers. This minimises the amount of handling required to create and design cardboard inserts. The combination with ORGATEX® protective covers or document holders creates a long-lasting product.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHE LF L ABE LLING Cardboard inserts, Inlay (ET) Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) Cardboard inserts, Inlays/pack Sheets ET75 ET85 ET100 ET135 ET150 ET190 ET200 ET210 ET220 ET230 ET250 ET275 ET300 ET302 ET335 ET350 ET375 ET378 ET400 ET402 ET450 ET475 ET500 ET520 ET550 ET600 ET650 ET670 ET700 ET730 ET800 ET830 ET76-70 75 x 27 200 x 85 100 x 27 200 x 135 150 x 27 75 x 20 100 x 25 100 x 20 150 x 20 75 x 25 150 x 25 75 x 22 100 x 38 102 x 36 100 x 35 150 x 38 75 x 38 78 x 36 100 x 47 102 x 43 150 x 47 75 x 47 100 x 50 200 x 50 150 x 50 100 x 67 150 x 67 200 x 67 300 x 50 600 x 50 300 x 67 600 x 67 76 x 70 ET33-75K-01/02/04/05 75 x 33 ET105-148 105 x 148 200 30 200 20 100 280 220 280 140 220 110 260 140 160 160 70 140 160 120 120 60 120 100 50 50 80 40 40 40 50 60 50 80 160 40 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 20 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs. 10 Pcs.
SHELF LABELLING INDIVIDUAL SHELF LABELLING Ebene 2 AA 01 8.3.10.1 8.4.20.1 8.5.30.1 8.6.40.1 10 20 30 40 Using ORGATEX®, you can create customised storage bin labels according to your requirements. It is possible to print different contents on the labels – e.g. texts, barcodes, symbols. You can also choose between 3 different materials (foil, polycarbonate and magnetic foil). DIMENSIONS FOR STANDARD SIZES Single-user labels Multilevel labels 20 x 90 20 x 120 35 x 90 35 x 120 35 x 180 50 x 70 80 x 80 50 x 90 50 x 120 50 x 180 70 x 90 70 x 120 70 x 180 100 x 100 90 x 90 90 x 120 90 x 180
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING If you are interested in samples or planning your labels, please contact our sales team: Mail: sales@orgatex.de Phone: +49 2173-1064-0
SHE LF L ABE LLING INDIVIDUAL SHELF LABELLING Plastic labels, reinforced - Extremely resistant - Material: Polycarbonate - Very well suited for slots - Material thickness: 0.7 mm in the profile - Self-adhesive - Surface: matt - Adhesive: acrylate - Abrasion-resistant printing - Area of application: Indoor use Foil labels - For smooth, gap-free substrates Material: foil Material - Self-adhesive, resistant, easy to apply thickness: 0.2 mm - High tear resistance Surface: matt or glossy - Abrasion-resistant solvent printing Protective laminate: on request Adhesive: acrylate Area of application: interior Magnetic labels - Attachment to magnetic surfaces Material: Magnetic foil - For variable shelf space labelling Material thickness: 0.85 mm - Different magnet variants (e.g. for Surface: matt frozen areas) Protective laminate: on request - Quick and residue-free replacement Area of application: Indoor use - Flexible use
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHE LF L ABE LLING REQUIRED ORDER DETAILS General information: Information on the required Excel spreadsheet: 1. Specify your desired layout and format 1. A separate column must be used for each piece of information on your label (plain text, barcodes, etc.) 2. For labels with logos or graphics, we require a print-ready template (300 dpi - AI, EPS, TIFF, SVG) 2. The column names must be distinct 3. We will send you a proof copy for approval (e.g. barcode 1, barcode 2) 3. For each individual label, the use of a separate line 4. The labels will be dispatched as soon as possible is necessary (see fig. below) after approval 4. For arrows (bottom, top, right, left) or symbols, use directional information or plain text (no graphics) 5. Please only use fixed values and not formulae, data sheets, safety instructions, application videos, etc. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 A Arrow Above Above B Logo ORGATEX ORGATEX C Colour White White D E QR-Code Number 23548626 758.236.952 23548627 758.236.953 A Barcode 1 70569010 B Level 1 8.3.10.1 70569020 8.3.10.2 70569030 8.3.10.3 C D E F G H Text below 1 Colour 1 Barcode 2 Level 2 Text below 2 Colour 2 10 20 30 Grey Grey Grey 8621684 8.4.20.1 8621685 8.4.20.2 8621686 8.4.20.3 20 40 60 Orange Orange Orange
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDER ANTI-STICK Anti-stick label: The solution for clean and residue-free shelf labeling. Clear and precise labeling is essential in industrial environ- ments, but conventional labels often leave sticky residues. However, conventional labels often leave sticky residue, which not only looks unattractive but also makes it difficult to apply new labels. Our innovative anti-stick label provides the ideal solution: it acts as a reusable carrier for shelf labels that can be removed cleanly without leaving any residue or causing damage to the surface. This keeps the shelf surface clean and ready for the next label. - No adhesive residue - Clear labeling - Magnetic or self-adhesive - Customized printing on request - Simplifies handling for staff - Reusable for multiple labeling cycles
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SHELF LABELLING 100 mm x 870 mm 100 mm x 870 mm 100 mm x 870 mm Example: 3 magnetic strips correspond to a traverse with 3 parking spaces Label holder Anti-Stick Version Format (WxL) Order no. Colour Roll/piece Self-adhesive anti-stick roll 35 mm x 10 m AS-R35-10 Self-adhesive anti-stick roll 100 mm x 10 m AS-R100-10 white white Magnetic anti-stick labels 100 mm x 145 mm AS-EM100-145 white Magnetic anti-stick labels 100 mm x 290 mm AS-EM100-290 white Magnetic anti-stick labels 100 mm x 870 mm AS-EM100-870 white 1 1 1 1 1
FLOOR MARKING FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR MAR MARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMAR MAR KINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKING Whether it is driveways and walkways, danger zones or storage areas – correct labelling is a must. Clear fl oor markings increase work safety and make it easier to comply with regulations. As the markings on the fl oor are exposed to particular loads, they must be extremely hardwearing.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife floor marking tape NEW! ECO Low Duty LongLife floor marking tape Individual Grip FTS NEW! Rough Ground Heavy Duty Outdoor NEW! Blanks on roll OX-Spot LongLife symbols/blanks LongLife symbols LongLife sŽmbols rounded LongLife sŽmbols foot and arrow LongLife sŽmbols heavŽ dutŽ LongLife sŽmbols heavŽ dutŽ rounded LongLife Module LongLife Module LongLife Module L-angle LongLife clear view NEW! LongLife clear view hatched NEW! LongLife clear view dirt-repellent NEW! LongLife clear view Heavy Duty Set for parking space markings LongLife cold performance LongLife accessories Remover, Cleaner, Primer NEW! Edge sealing Trimming system NEW! Scraper Pressure roller ORGATEX® has been setting the standard in the field of self-adhesive floor markings for years: Our long-life floor markings made of torsion-resistant, high-quality plastic distinguish themselves by their extreme resili- ence. They are „forklift-proof“ and can even withstand turning on the marking. They are quick and easy to apply and can be removed again without leaving any residue thanks to our LongLife Remover. Our floor markings are used indoors and adhere to all surfaces such as concrete, stone and metal. They are available in a wide variety of designs: Available in rolls our floor markings are used to designate traffic routes, parking spaces as well as work and safety areas. With our comprehensive range of labelling signs, you can ensure standardised safety in your company. Our portfolio also includes various symbols as orientation aids or for marking floor windows as well as parking spaces.
FLOOR MARKING INFOGRAPHIC FLOOR MARKING When fixing the floor marking minimum dis- tance of 30 to 50 mm should be maintained Create your own floor marking in DIN format Labelling of parking spaces Quick and easy installation. Self-adhesive and torsion resistant. KG Various material thickness for all requirements Colour coding of walkways and parking spaces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Common 5S colours, single-coloured and two-coloured LongLife Cold Performance Self-adhesive floor marking for areas with extremely low ambient temperatures (adhesion temperature to -20 °C) Common format sizes LongLife floor marking tape is made of torsion- resistant, high-quality plastic and has a high abrasion resistance. Easy to apply directly from the roll dispenser. Forklift proof LongLife symbols Easy marking of parking and restricted areas. The highly adhesive industrial glue on the back is suitable for all surfaces such as concrete, stone, metal, etc. Different colours, widths and shapes allow for clear allocation of functional areas. LongLife floor marking signs Made of PVC and fully bonded. Extremely hard-wearing and wear resistant. Complies with the standards and regulations in accordance with ASR A1.3.
FLOOR MARKING VERSION MARKING EXAMPLE RECOMMENDATION COLOUR RANGE Main and secondary routes Version: Floor marking tape Raw material/delivery areas Version: Blank Danger areas Version: Floor marking tape Other parking spaces Version: Blank or floor marking tape Finished material/delivery area Version: Blank Rejects/defective parts Version: Blank or floor marking tape Empties Version: Floor marking tape Mandatory action signs prescribe mandatory behaviour in the designated areas. The standardised design in accordance with ASR A1.3 indicates hazards that cannot be clearly identified and actively influences the behaviour of employees. Mandatory signs help to significantly increase work safety. Warning and information signs are used wherever there is danger, e.g. suspended loads, industrial trucks or noise, that has a direct impact on the employees. With appropriate labelling from ORGATEX® you adhere to the legal requirements. Prohibition signs have the highest weighting in the group of safety signs. Signs in this category prohibit certain types of behaviour and issue clear prohi- bitions in order to avoid serious accidents. Longitudinal markings are used to clearly separate different areas, e.g. of driveways and walkways or storage and production areas. In addition to the safety aspect, clearly marked areas also help to increase efficiency and avoid errors caused by mixing up materials and raw materials. For this purpose, markings in different colours, single or multi-coloured, e.g. hatched, are used and assigned to a use. Symbols are the ideal tool for clearly visualising a wide variety of areas. Diffe- rent geometries and a variety of colours can be used to mark logistics and production areas. This allows individual areas such as incoming/outgoing goods, empties, blocking or material provision areas to be clearly assigned to their use.
FLOOR MARKING VERSION MARKING EXAMPLE/PROCESSING A clear allocation of materials to production or logistics processes is essential to ensure quality and effectiveness. If the identification of semi-finished or finished products, for example, cannot be clearly guaranteed by the colour of the floor marking alone, it can be 100% achieved by using floor labels. Here, barcodes, article numbers or printed images can be used as additional information in combination with ORGATEX® LongLife transparent labels. The special surface structure of the floor signs refracts the light from the ceiling lighting to enable error-free scanning, e.g. of QR or barcodes, and has an anti- slip effect. Labelling, e.g. for marking parking spaces, can be printed in standard DIN format on normal paper. In combination with the ORGATEX® LongLife trans- parent sign this creates an excellently protected floor marking system. Quickly create your own floor signage: The printout on standard paper is placed behind the specially textured film, which prevents reflections, e.g. from ceiling lights, thereby maintaining scanner readability. All-round adhesive strips protect the printout from external influences such as dust or moisture and form a solid bond with the substrate by simply pressing it down. Remove dirt, grease and oil Ideal processing tempe- Allow to harden for Do not overlap fl oor markings! from the surface using a cleaner (LongLife Cleaner) rature 18 °C to 25 °C approx. 12 hours
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE PRODUCT RANGE Find the fl oor marking you need Always the right marking – regardless of the fl oor condition or type of application! You can use our tapes from LongLife with precision and long-term stability against wear and tear: e.g. par- king spaces, main and secondary routes or safety areas. New products, new variety! We have generously expanded our range. New additions are the LongLife products Low Duty (LD), FTS, Grip and Heavy Duty (HD). We are also happy to customi- se our tape according to your requirements. So you are always guaranteed to fi nd the right solution for your specifi c needs. l l a a u u d d i i v v i i d d n n I I e e f f i i L L g g n n o o L L d d n n u u o o r r G G h h g g u u o o R R y y t t u u D D w w o o L L r o o d t u O p i r G y t u D y v a e H
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Overview LongLife Floor Marking Tape Low Duty LongLife Cold Performance Rough Ground Outdoor Grip Heavy Duty Pedestrian traffi c Lift truck traffi c Forklift traffi c Heavy forklift traffi c √ √ - - √ √ √ - √ √ √ - Material Soft-PVC PVC-Film PVC-Film Thickness (mm) Surface Slip class Adhesive 0,16 Matt - 0,48 Slightly shiny - Rubber Modifi ed Acrylate 0,48 Slightly shiny - Acrylate √ √ √ - √ √ √ - √ √ √ - √ √ √ √ Polyurethan fabric-reinforced 1,1 Slightly shiny - Polyurethan Polyurethan PVC-Film 2,8 ± 0,5 mm 1,6 ± 0,1 1,3 Matt, refl ective Slip inhibition Retro- refl ective Slightly shiny R12 (DIN EN 16165) - Synthetic rubber Synthetic rubber Synthetic rubber Modifi ed Acrylate Adhesive strength 1,5 N/cm 13,6 N/cm 10,8 N/cm 29,12 N/cm 27 N/cm 27,4 N/cm 21,2 N/cm Temperature range -20 °C to +120 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -40 °C to +60 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C Processing temperature ≥ 12 °C 18 to 25 °C to -10 °C ≥ 20 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 20 °C 18 to 25 °C Available lengths (m) 33 50 50 25 12,5 25 Available widths (mm) 50/75 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 25 50
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ECO Sustainable, efficient, CO2-reduced thanks to recycled PVC and biomass-balanced adhesive LongLife ECO is based on the same structure as LongLife Standard, but uses more sustainable materials. The PVC film contains 40% recyclate and the adhesive is produced using the biomass balance process with raw materials such as bio-gas and bio-naphtha. This reduces the product‘s carbon footprint while maintaining properties such as thickness, surface and adhesive strength. - Easy to apply - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Scratch-resistant material - 40% recycled content in the PVC film - Biomass balanced adhesive - Supplied on a roll in a dispenser box LongLife Floor Marking Tape ECO Version Format (Width) (mm) Order-Nr. + Colour code Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 LGECO50- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 LGECO75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 Floor marking tape 100 LGECO100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 Rolls/pack, roll length 50 m 50 m 50 m
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE ECO SAVES CO₂ THROUGH THREE DECISIVE APPROACHES: NO COMPROMISE ON PERFORMANCE: FEATURE Thickness (mm) Surface Glue Material PVC LONGLIFE LONGLIFE ECO 0,48 light shiny Acrylate 0,48 light shiny Acrylate Biomass balanced PVC 40% Recyclate share Adhesive strength (N/cm) 13,6 13,6 Temperature range (C°) -20 to 70 -20 to 70 Processing temperature (C°) Pedestrian traffic Lift truck traffic Forklift traffic Liner 18 to 25 18 to 25 yes yes yes paper yes yes yes Unblea- ched paper with 30% recycled content COMPARISON OF PRODUCT PROPERTIES LONGLIFE TO LONGLIFE ECO 1. RECYCLED CONTENT IN THE FILM: The PVC film consists of 40% recycled materials. This reduces the need for new fossil-based film materials and lowers CO2 emissions generated during the production of new raw materials. 2. BIOMASS BALANCE IN THE ADHESIVE: The adhesive is produced using the biomass balance method. In this process, fossil raw materials are partially replaced by renewa- ble bio-based raw materials such as bio-naphtha or bio-methane. This enables the use of existing production systems, reduces the carbon footprint and promotes the gradual transition to sustainab- le raw materials. 3. LINER MADE FROM RECYCLED PAPER: The liner is now made from 30% recycled paper, which saves additional resources. SCOPE 1 Direct emissions SCOPE 3 Indirect emissions within the value chain Stationary Combustion Mobile Combustion Fugitive emissions process emissions M A E R T S N W O D S E I T I V I T C A Use and disposal of Investments Franchisee Leased systems products sold to other organizations SCOPE 2 Indirect emissions from purchased energy SCOPE 3 Indirect emissions within the value chain Purchased electricity, power, heating Purchased goods Transportation and and cooling for own use and services distribution by suppliers Capital goods such as buildings, vehicles and Business trips and Operational commuting waste generation machinery E D I S Y N A P M O C S E I T I V I T C A M A E R T S P U LongLife Eco contributes to the reduction of Scope 3 emissions and thus to the implementation of sustainability strategies. From 2025, companies that fall under the Corporate Social Responsibility Directive (CSRD) will be obliged to measure Scope 3 emissions and disclose them in their sustainability report. Scope 3 emissions include indirect emissions from the supply chain (upstream emissions) and the use of products/services (downstre- am emissions). LongLife Eco belongs to the upstream activities and saves approx. 30% Co2e/roll compared to our standard LongLife product.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE LOW DUTY Indicate potential danger zones! Show your employees the way: with our LongLife LD PVC tape! This has been specially developed to demarcate dangerous zones and warn of unsafe areas. It is intended for temporary use and is perfect for areas where the floor is subject to little strain. The tape is firm and resistant to simple abrasion. It also adapts to a wide variety of materials and surfaces – including concrete, MMA coatings and tiles. The LongLife LD can be used for both indoor and protected outdoor areas. Create clear structures for more safety!
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING - Suitable for smooth fl oors - For indoor and protected outdoor areas - Resistance to abrasion, decomposition and moisture - Firm texture - Adapts to surfaces - Creates security LongLife Floor Marking Tape Low Duty Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Rolls/pack, roll length Floor marking tape Floor marking tape Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 50 75 75 LGLD50- 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 - - 3 x 33 m LGLD50- - - - - - - - SG RW 3 x 33 m LGLD75- 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 - - 2 x 33 m LGLD75- - - - - - - - SG RW 2 x 33 m
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE A product made of high-quality plastic in combination with a high-performance adhesive. - Simple attachment - Forklift proof - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Scratch-resistant material - Delivered on a roll in a dispenser box
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Floor Marking Tape Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length/ Pack Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 Floor marking tape 100 Floor marking tape ESD Protected Area 50 Floor marking tape ESD Protected Area 75 LG50- LG75- LG100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG - - - - 50 m LG50-ESD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 m LG75-ESD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 m 45°-Degree Angle 50 LG-50-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 45°-Degree Angle 75 LG-75-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 45°-Degree Angle 100 LG-100-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 90°-Degree Angle 50 LG-50-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 90°-Degree Angle 75 LG-75-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 90°-Degree Angle 100 LG-100-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE INDIVIDUAL Colour back-printed floor markings in reliable LongLife quality. - Simple attachment - Forklift proof - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Scratch-resistant material LongLife Floor Marking Tape Individual Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. Floor Marking Tape Individual 50 Floor Marking Tape Individual 75 Floor Marking Tape Individual 100 LG50-IND LG75-IND LG100-IND Roll length On request On request On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE GRIP Durable floor marking Save yourself the effort of marking floors with real paint! With the LongLife- Grip with anti-slip effect, you can create hard-wearing floor markings easily and quickly. The non-slip and retroreflective surface is suitable for indoor areas and sticks quickly. The extra-strong tape also adheres to surfaces such as concrete, tiles and asphalt. Thanks to its permanent adhesion, it can also be driven over, making it a safe solution for use in your storage area. Mark cleverly and immediately! - Suitable for smooth and textured fl oors - For indoor areas - Hardwearing and self-adhesive - Non-slip and retrorefl ective - Simple bonding - Wear resistant - Suitable for various surfaces - Immediately accessible LongLife Floor Marking Tape Grip Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGGRIP50- LGGRIP75- LGGRIP100- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 25 25 25
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE FTS Optical guidance for automated guided vehicles (AGVs) Always on the right track: With our self-adhesive tape your driverless transport systems are guaranteed to find the right way. Stick a variety of route elements onto smooth indoor floors: lines, curves, forks and even crossings are possible. The surface of the marking tape is particularly resistant to wear and tear, so that the guidance system continues to function perfectly even after a long period of use.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE FTS Plan your route using the following elements: ) s d o o g l l o r ( t h g a r t S i e v r u C ) t h g i r / t f e l ( h c t i w s - Y h c t i w s - V h c t i w S - W i g n s s o r C Extra tip: Whether it is special elements, the choice of colours or integrated QR and barcodes – we are also happy to produce the routes individually according to your wishes. - Glue networks individually - Little wear and tear with high loads - Excellent traction - Special elements possible, e.g. QR codes LongLife Floor Marking Tape FTS Version Straight Curve Switch Y left Switch Y right Switch V Switch W Crossing Order no. LGFTS LGFTS-KURVE LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-L LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-R LGFTS-WEICHE-V LGFTS-WEICHE-W LGFTS-KREUZUNG We manufacture markings according to your specifications and requirements. Let us know!
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ROUGH GROUND Durable floor marking Discover our LongLife Rough Ground for rough industrial surfaces! Our self-adhesive floor marking tape is specially developed to withstand demanding conditions in industrial environments. Whether concrete, asphalt or other uneven surfaces - this tape offers a reliable and and durable solution for your marking requirements. - Textured & smooth fl oors - For indoor areas - MMA coatings Anti-slip, Tiles, concrete paving - High adhesive strength - Easy to apply - Wear-resistant - Self-adhesive LongLife Floor Marking Tape Rough Ground Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGRG50- 01 02 04 05 07 LGRG75- 01 02 04 05 07 LGRG100- 01 02 04 05 07 25 25 25
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE HEAVY DUTY Strong hold for high loads Long-lasting, even on heavily used surfaces: LongLife HD is our marking tape with a high adhesive strength that can withstand even very heavy loads. Do you want to apply markings where, for example, load carriers or industrial trucks drive across the taped surfaces with heavy weights at high frequency? Then LongLife HD is the right product for you! Extra clever: the milled edge of the tape ensures that even transverse loads, e.g. from forklift trucks, are absorbed particularly well. - Lasts a long time on heavily used surfaces - High adhesive strength, low abrasion - Milled edge against lateral forces LongLife Floor Marking Tape Heavy Duty Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape 50 LGHD50- 01 02 04 05 07 25
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE OUTDOOR The best solution for outdoors LongLife Outdoor is a floor marking tape for outdoor use. Its high material strength and strong synthetic rubber adhesive ensure durability under demanding conditions. The tactile surface offers good grip even when wet. Due to the nature of the adhesive, the tape can be used on both rough and uneven surfaces.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING The product is used to mark driveways and footpaths, e.g. in loading areas or outdoor warehouses, as well as for marking potential danger points on loading ramps, such as the edge of the ramp. To increase the adhesive strength, we recommend combining it with LongLife Primer. Indoor applications on uneven surfaces are also possible. - Non-slip and non-slip surface, even in wet conditions - Suitable for rough and uneven surfaces - High adhesive strength, extremely wear-resistant - For outdoor use in conjunction with the LongLife Primer LongLife Floor Marking Tape Outdoor Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGOD50- LGOD75- LGOD100- 02 04 02 04 02 04 12,5 12,5 12,5
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE BLANKS ON A ROLL Applying individual blanks in a straight line using the same spacing costs valuable time that is then missing elsewhere in everyday production. However, depending on the situation, it is necessary to apply a segmented line in production environments. Dashed lines make it easy to adapt or redesign production areas, for example. They can be easily removed or moved to support new layouts or process changes. Marking blanks on rolls make it much easier to lay segmented floor markings. The blanks that have been prepared on rolls facilitate this process tremendously, as they can simply be unrolled and applied directly to the floor by removing the liner. One roll holds 25 meters with 52 strips or, depending on the selected format, 92 or 138 dots. Widths of 50 and 75 mm are available, as well as our tried and tested LongLife colours.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING - Simplified installation of segmented floor markings - Reduced effort when applying dashed lines in production - Practical application as needed for quick replacement of worn parts or creating traversable lines LongLife Dots on Rolls Version Format (width) (mm) Order-No. + Colour code Rolls/Pack, roll length Dots Dots 50 75 LGR-50-P-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m LGR-75-P-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m LongLife Dashes on Rolls Version Format (width) (mm) Order-No. + Colour code Rolls/Pack, roll length Dashes Dashes 50 75 LG-50220-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m LG-75220-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m DISTANCE BETWEEN DOTS (mm) DISTANCE BETWEEN DASHES (mm) 130* 195* 50 75 50 75 50 x 220 260* 260* 50 x 220 75 x 220 75 x 220 * Tolerance ± 2 mm
FLOOR MARKING OX-SPOT Modern LED tool for a safe working environment Stop dangerous situations using the Light projector for warning signals: The OX spotlight with integrated power supply unit can not only be fitted with standard safety and warning signals, it can also be used in a variety of ways with customised motifs. Regardless of the nature of the ground, the swivelling projector with an efficiency of 27 or 56 lm/W projects the required sign onto the desired spot. This avoids hazards such as tripping or abrasion.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Revive your marketing activities! In addition to its function as an indispensable security tool, you can also use the powerful projector (40 or 80 W) for eye-catching marketing. Your company logo, for example, will be a real eye-catcher! Advantages at a glance: - Simple assembly - High-power LED with 40 W | 80 W - Easily interchangeable motifs - Versatile use - Integrated power supply unit for 230 V - High energy efficiency - No wear and tear OX-Spot Order no. EOX-SPOT-40 EOX-SPOT-80 Technical Data OX-Spot Item number Housing material Weight IEC socket Field of application Field of application Cooling Noise level Light source Average service life of the LED Colour temperature Luminous flux of the projector Eficiency Motif size/image size Input voltage Power consumption eOX-Spot-40 | eOX-Spot-80 Steel/aluminium, powder-coated 1,97 kg | 3,5 kg On the back of the device Dry interiors -30 °C to +35 °C Active cooling/fan 20 dB(A) | 29 dB(A) 40 W | 80 W high-power LED 35.000 hours 6300 – 6700 K 1150 lm | 4730 lm 27 lm/W | 56 lm/W 37,5 mm/20 mm | 50 mm/40 mm 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz 42 W | 84 W Protection class/protection type of the housing I/IP20 Photobiological safety RG-2 (according to ICE62471-5:2015, EN62471-5:2015) M OT I F EXCHANGEABLE O B J EC T I V E FOCUS ADJUSTMENT C O L D A P P L I A N C E S O C K E T POWER CONSUMPTION: 42 W | 84 W M OT I F H O L D E R SCREW-MOUNTABLE
FLOOR MARKING OX-SPOT STANDARDMOTIFS 40 W AND 80 W Forklift prohibited Order no.: No pedestrian Caution forklift access Order no.: truck area Order no.: Pedestrian route Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-1 EOX-SPOT-80-M-1 EOX-SPOT-M-2 EOX-SPOT-80-M-2 EOX-SPOT-M-3 EOX-SPOT-80-M-3 EOX-SPOT-M-4 EOX-SPOT-80-M-4 Stop and give way! Order no.: No trespassing Order no.: Caution forklift truck area Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-9 EOX-SPOT-80-M-9 EOX-SPOT-M-17 EOX-SPOT-80-M-17 EOX-SPOT-M-101 EOX-SPOT-80-M-101 Forklift traffic, no access, pedest- rians and much more: Warning and information signs are regularly required in the manufacturing industry and in many other sectors. You will find ready- made motifs for standard situations in our range. Customised motifs are also possible.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Black & White 1 Colour 2 Colours 3 Colours (motif without colour) (motif singlecoloured) (two-coloured motif) (three-coloured motif) Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-SW EOX-SPOT-80-MI-SW Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-1 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-1 Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-2 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-2 Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-3 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-3 OX-SPOT 40 Illuminance [lux] eOX-Spot 40 3.870 1.720 970 620 430 320 240 180 150 120 100 90 75 65 4 Colours (four-coloured motif) Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-4 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-4 0,2 m 0,5 m 00,7 m 0,9 m 1,2 m 1,,4 m 1,6 m 1,9 m 2,1 m 2,3 m 2,66 mm 22,8 m 3,0 mm 3,3 m 3,5 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m OX-SPOT 80 Illuminance [lux] eOX-Spot 80 11.210 4.980 2.800 1.790 1.250 910 700 550 450 370 310 270 230 200 3 m 0,6 m 00,8 m 1,1 m 1,4 m 1,,7 m 2,0 m 2,3 m 2,6 m 2,9 m 3,22 mm 33,5 m 3,8 mm 4,1 m 4,4 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS Available in 9 standard colours and in various widths for marking storage areas, parking spaces, transport routes, etc. Depending on the task, we recommend the use of: - Longitudinal markings - T-pieces - L-angles/crosses - Squares
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Symbols Version T-Pcs. T-Pcs. L-Angle L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 50 75 50 75 LG-50-T- LG-75-T- LG-50-L- LG-75-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. 50 Pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudinal m. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 75 x 350 LG-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LG-75350- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 100 x 500 LG-100500- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Square Square Square 50 75 100 LG-50-Q- LG-75-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LG-100-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS ROUNDED Available in 9 standard colours for marking storage areas, parking spaces, transport routes, etc. Depending on the use we recommend: - Longitudinal markings - T-pieces - L-angles - Dots - Crosses
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Longlife Symbols Rounded Version T-Pcs. L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 90 90 LGR-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGR-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGR-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Dots Cross (2 Parts) 90 90 LGR-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGR-90-K- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS FOOT AND ARROW Available in 9 standard colours for marking walkways. - Simple attachment - Forklift-proof - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Pointing the way
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Symbols Foot and Arrow Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack Foot Arrow 90 x 280 100 x 175 LGSTP- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGPF- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS HEAVY DUTY Our LongLife Heavy Duty floor marking is suitable for marking e.g. driveways and parking spaces that are subject to extreme strain. The combination of high-quality material and bevelled edge offers the optimum combination of strength and function. - Excellent adhesion - Extremely robust - Forklift-proof
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING Longlife Symbols Heavy Duty Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack T-Pcs. L-Angle 50 50 LGHD-50-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs. LGHD-50-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 LGHD-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS HEAVY DUTY ROUNDED Our LongLife Heavy Duty Rounded floor markings are suitable for marking driveways and parking spaces, for example, which are subject to extreme strain. The combination of high-quality material and bevelled edge offers the optimum combination of strength and function. - Excellent adhesion - Extremely robust - Forklift-proof
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Symbols Heavy Duty Roanded Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack T-Pcs. L-Angle Dot 90 90 90 LGRHD-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs. LGRHD-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs. LGRHD-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGRHD-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE MODULE Extremely robust marking panels for block storage and other heavy-duty areas. LongLife Module, with its special adhesive, it is made from high-quality, break-proof plastic and is therefore extremely resilient. - Extremely robust - Scratch resistant - Self-adhesive and optionally with additional perforation for impact dowels (6 x 40 mm)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Module Version Square Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 75 x 75 LGMOD-SK- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 50 Pcs. Square with perforation 75 x 75 LGMOD-ND- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 50 Pcs. Impact dowel 6 x 40 LG6X40ND 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE MODULE L-ANGLE The robust labelling symbol is used especially for extreme loads. - For indoor and outdoor use - Extremely robust - Easy to install, even on uneven or oily fl oors - Forklift-proof - Scratch resistant - Incl. mounting material
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Module L-Angle Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack L-Angle 50 LGMOD-L- 01 02 03 04 05 07 08 20 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW Efficient storage labeling ensures clear organization and streamlined goods flow. Our clear windows have been designed for these purposes and are characterized by durable material. Available in different colors for clear identification. The receipt is placed under the window and the four edges of the window are firmly adhered to the floor. The roughened surface ensures scanner readability. - Easy to attach - Clear identifi cation through coloring - Excellent adhesive strength due to wide adhesive surfaces - High abrasion resistance - Slip class R9 - Scratch-resistant material LongLife Clear view Version Format (WxH) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LG-KL-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LG-KL-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN LETTER 310 x 250 310 x 200 15,1 x 12,6 LG-KL-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. LG-KL-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. LG-KL-216X279- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 - - - - - 10 Pcs. 1/2 LETTER (portr.) 15,10 x 8,30 LG-KL-108X279- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 - - - - - 10 Pcs. 1/2 LETTER (landsc.) 12,60 x 9,70 LG-KL-216X139- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 - - - - - 10 Pcs. 1/3 LETTER (landsc.) 12,60 x 7,70 LG-KL-216X93- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 - - - - - 10 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW DIRT-REPELLENT Labeling storage locations is essential for orderly storage and controlling the flow of goods. Our clear windows have been designed for these purposes and are characterized by durable material. Available in different colors for clear identification. The slip is placed under the window and the 4 sides of the floor window are glued to the floor. The dirt-repellent surface makes the window easier to clean. - Dirt-repellent surface - Easy to clean - Easy to attach - Clear identification through coloring - Excellent adhesive strength due to wide adhesive surfaces LongLife Clear view dirt-repellent Version Format (WxH) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LG-KLS-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LG-KLS-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN 310 x 250 310 x 200 LG-KLS-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs. LG-KLS-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW HEAVY DUTY In industrial environments, floor markings and markings wear quickly in busy pallet storage areas and produc- tion areas with high traffic, such as forklifts and heavy pallets. This leads to illegible markings, causing safety risks and inefficient processes. The HeavyDuty viewing window, reinforced by a rounded metal frame and bolted to the floor, offers a durable solution, that can withstand heavy forklift traffic. - High adhesive strength - Robust, anodized aluminium - Removable acrylic glass panel - Includes impact anchors for secure mounting LongLife Clear view Heavy Duty self-adhesive Version Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. DIN A5 incl. impact dowel 250 x 310 x 3 LGHD-KL-A5 Pack 2 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW CIRCLE / ARROW Available in 9 standard colours for labelling storage areas, parking spaces, etc. - Simple attachment - Clear identifi cation through colouring - Excellent adhesive strength due to - wide adhesive surfaces - High abrasion resistance - Scratch-resistant material LongLife Clear view Version Circle Arrow Format (W x H / Ø) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Für Vouchers/ ET Pack 210 LG-KL-KREIS- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 ET136 10 Pcs. 320 x 100 LG-KL-PFEIL- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 290 x 45 mm 10 Pcs. Cardboard insert, white 136 x 136 ET136 Cardboard insert, printed 136 x 136 ET136-HALTESTELLE 10 Pcs. 5 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING SET FOR PARKING SPACE MARKING The labelling of storage locations is crucial for structuring the internal flow of goods and warehousing. Avoid long search times and enable your employees to precisely allocate materials to the appropriate storage locations. We have put together the most important components for you in a set, combining our top sellers. 40 x 20 x 10 x
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING The L-brackets and longitudinal markings in 50 mm width and the transparent windows in A4 format enable clear labelling of the pallet storage space. The set is designed for 10 storage spaces. Transparent fixing points also make it easier to attach the window. The document on the floor does not slip. - Simplifi ed ordering process - Fixing points for the slip - Common 5S colours - Other widths and DIN formats on request - With fi xing points for easy application Set for parking space marking Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Parking space marking 50 LG50-SP- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE COLD PERFORMANCE Our new LongLife Cold Performance floor marking is suitable for labelling driveways, parking spaces, danger zones or escape routes. It was developed specifically for industrial areas with extremely low ambient temperatures. - Bonding temperature down to -20 °C - High adhesive and holding power in cold areas - Simple attachment - High resistance - 5S projects in deep-freeze areas - Available in various colours and designs
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LongLife Cold Performance Floor Marking Tapes Version Format (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll Floor Marking Tape 50 mm LGCP50- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m Floor Marking Tape 75 mm LGCP75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m Floor Marking Tape 100 mm LGCP100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m LongLife Cold Performance Symbols Version T-Pcs. L-Angle Format (mm) 50 50 Order no. + Colour code Pack LGCP-50-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGCP-50-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 LGCP-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. T-Pcs. L-Angle 75 75 LGCP-75-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGCP-75-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudinal m. 75 x 350 LGCP-75350- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LongLife Cold Performance Clear view Version Format (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LGCP-KL-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 Pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LGCP-KL-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 Pcs. DIN A5 310 x 250 LGCP-KL-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 Pcs. 1/3 DIN 310 x 200 LGCP-KL-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 Pcs. LongLife Cold Performance Symbols Rounded Version Format (mm) T-Pcs. L-Angle 90 90 Order no. + Colour code Pack LGRCP-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. LGRCP-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Longitudi- nal m. 90 x 450 LGRCP-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs. Punkt 90 LGRCP-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 Pcs.
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE REMOVER/CLEANER/ PRIMER/EDGE SEALER LongLife Remover: When removing old floor markings, adhesive residues often remain on the floor. LongLife Remover is ideal for removing this residue. LongLife Cleaner: Before applying the floor markings, make sure that the floor is free of dust and oil. We recommend our LongLife Cleaner for precleaning the floors. LongLife Primer: Primer to increase the adhesive strength on critical surfaces. Always necessary in outdoor areas. LongLife edge sealing: Sealing prevents the penetration of moisture, e.g. in outdoor areas. 140 ml is sufficient for approx. 10 - 15 m. LongLife Remover/Cleaner/Primer/edge sealing Designation LongLife Remover LongLife Cleaner LongLife Primer Order no. LG-REMOVER/6 LG-CLEANER/6 LG-PRIMER LongLife edge sealing LG-VERSIEGELUNG VE 6 x 1 l 6 x 1 l 1 l 140 ml
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE TRIMMING SYSTEM Useful tool for cutting ORGATEX® floor markings to length easily and safely. The cut is made in the folded stainless-steel sheet, no slipping due to the good clamping effect. - Angle: 90° - Angle: 45°, on both sides - Finish: Stainless steel - Suitable for all widths: 50/75/100 mm LongLife Trimming system Format (WxL) 120 x 250 mm Order no. LG-TS100
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SCRAPER Removing self-adhesive floor markings can be tedious and stressful for your knees and back. With our 1200 mm long scraper, these problems are a thing of the past. Thanks to the extra length, you can work standing up without having to kneel. The robust scraper enables effortless and efficient removal of floor markings. Ideal for warehouses, workshops or production halls - for clean floors and an ergonomic way of working. Handy, lightweight universal scraper made of cast aluminum with steel impact cap at the made of cast aluminum with steel impact cap at the end of the handle. Non-slip ergonomic plastic handle end of the handle. Non-slip ergonomic plastic handle for safe and fatigue-free working. for safe and fatigue-free working. - Length: 1200 mm - Blade width: 125 mm - Includes 3 interchangeable blades - Made of light, robust cast aluminum LongLife Scraper Version LongLife Scraper Order no. LG-Schaber Format 1200 mm (L) Pack 1 Pc. Interchangeable blades LG-Schaber-K 125 mm x 25 mm (BxH) 10 Pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE PRESSURE ROLLER The pressure roller ensures even pressure distribu- tion and is therefore the ideal support when laying markings and signs. The pressing on of anti-slip products and bonding to profiled substrates in particular is simplified. - Rubber roller - Roller width: 75 mm LongLife Pressure roller Designation Pressure roller Roller width Order no. 75 mm LG-ANDRUCKROLLER
INSERTION SYSTEMS INSER INSER INSER TION TIONTION SYS SYSSYS TEMS TEMS TEMS KANBAN is a method for optimising production processes that has become an integral part of modern, lean logistics. It is based on the pull principle, whereby materials are produced or delivered to production according to demand. In practice, this is implemented with the help of KANBAN boards, which work according to the traffi c light principle.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Lot-Size-KANBAN Heijunka-Board KANBAN-Starterset KANBAN starter sets: variations System box DIN A4 System box DIN A4: accessories KANBAN-System box System box: accessories Cardplan® Boards Cardplan®: accessories Planning panel stand, suspension rails Desktop document holder Desktop document holder: accessories KANBAN-Letterbox, transparent Prinus view box Primus column or row systems/accessories Primus single compartments Work document sleeve DIN A4 Primus workstation bag KANBAN cards from emptied containers are sorted by Of course, we can also manufacture customised part number and inserted into the KANBAN board. If KANBAN or lot-size KANBAN boards for you that are the yellow area is reached, the person responsible can precisely tailored to the needs of your business. decide whether to restock. Another method in the context of lean production is When the red zone is reached, production or replenis- Heijunka (Japanese term for „levelling“ or „smoothing“). hment must be carried out immediately. ORGATEX® A Heijunka board makes it possible to organise produc- provides you with all the tools you need for production tion more evenly and to respond to fluctuations or control via KANBAN. Our portfolio includes all indivi- special features in demand. At ORGATEX® we create dual elements with a comprehensive range of acces- these organisation systems individually and tailored to sories for your specific requirements as well as KANBAN your needs. starter sets in various sizes and designs, which you can use to get started straight away.
INSERTION SYSTEMS INFOGRAPHIC INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-Board Traffic light KANBAN board (with system boxes) From the KANBAN Card up to the KANBAN Board: We have the right solution. Customised to the needs of your perduction Fast and sinple assembly
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 Cardplan boards Consisting of insertion slots arranged in rows. The insertion slots are designed so that both indivi- dual documents and small stacks of documents (up to 2 mm thickness) are securely fixed. The boards can be combined or extended to any width. Customised solutions Creation according to your individual requirements Printing (inlays) Printout on standard paper or our pre-punched cardboard inserts Common 5S colours 0 0.0 0 0 0.3 0 0 1.0 0 0 1.3 0 0 2.0 0 Ongoing development 5 1 0 6 5 1 0 8 2 0 1 2 0 6 5 1 0 8 2 0 0 2.3 0 0 3.0 0 0 3.3 0 0 4.0 0 0 4.3 0 0 5.0 0 0 5.3 0 0 6.0 0 0 6.3 0 0 7.0 0 0 7.3 0 Primus viewing Heijunka-Board compartment systems Using a Heijunka board, the pro- Assemble to the required height duced quantity can be brought and width. Extend or regroup, e.g. into a sequence or a tine grid and form rows of compartments, hang thus levelled. Each ORGATEX® individual compartments, etc. Heijunka board is created For extensions, simply pull out according to your individual the end panel and attach further specifications. The height, width extension elements or arrange and individual elements are them in any desired position. precisely tailored to you and All elements can be regrouped, your production requirements. extended or subdivided verti- cally or horizontally at any time.
INSERTION SYSTEMS LOT-SIZE-KANBAN The lot-size KANBAN board enables controlling materials according to the pull principle. Previously defined quantities are replenished according to type, which leads to a reduction in material stocks and a smoothing of production processes. ORGATEX® control boards are customised and adapted to the customer‘s requirements.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS HEIJUNKA-BOARD Fluctuations in demand, for example, lead to ever-increasing order peaks in the processes of the upstream work stages. With the help of the Heijunka board, the customer or internal production orders are produced in a defined (e.g. setup-optimised) sequence and these fluctuations are levelled out and smoothed. This is very often the basis for a stable process.
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-STARTERSET
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Our KANBAN starter sets are the result of our many years of experience and represent the most common applications in the industry. They are available in 3 sizes, matched to part numbers and control circuits. You can get started straight away with our starter set. The version with stand on castors is suitable for mobile use, while the wall-mounted version is suitable for stationary use.
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN STARTER SETS: VERSIONS Order no. with metal frame on castors Order no. without metal frame on castors SYSB-STARTER-M SYSB-STARTER-M-W Order no. with metal frame on castors Order no. without metal frame on castors SYSB-STARTER-L SYSB-STARTER-L-W Starter set M (for up to 200 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Metal frame on castors Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm System box Insert label, small, cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN letterbox 1 2 1 KS129-G K531-G K230-G 200 200 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 8 SYSB-HE-169 20 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 2 1 SYSB-WH-4 KAN-SERM116 Magnetic Windows 1 + 1 KAN-MW-A4H-04/-05 Starter set L (for up to 300 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Metal frame on castors Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm System box Insert label, small, cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN-Letterbox 1 3 1 KS179-G K531-G K230-G 300 300 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 12 SYSB-HE-169 30 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 3 1 SYSB-WH-4 KAN-SERM116 Magnetic Windows 1 + 1 KAN-MW-A4H-04/-05
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Starter set XL (for up to 400 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Order no. with metal frame on castors Order no. without metal frame on castors Metal frame on castors 1 KS204-G SYSB-STARTER-XL SYSB-TARTER-XL-W Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm 4 K531-G Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm - - System box Insert label, small, Cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, Cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, Cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN-Letterbox Magnetic Windows 400 400 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 16 SYSB-HE-169 40 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 4 - - SYSB-WH-4 - -
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX DIN A4 Open compartment system for DIN A4 documents. Available in 2 versions, depending on the amount of documents. - Can be extended as required - Available with a filling depth of 6 or 18 mm - Compatible with all system boxes System box DIN A4, deep, Filling depth: 18 mm System box DIN A4, flat, Filling depth: 6 mm System box DIN A4 Format (WxHxD) (mm) Filling depth (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 242 x 262 x 6 242 x 262 x 6 242 x 262 x 18 242 x 262 x 18 6 6 18 18 SYSB-A4S- SYSB-A4S- SYSB-A4B- SYSB-A4B- 07 - - 20 07 - - 20 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX DIN A4: ACCESSORIES Adjustable base for system box Order no. SYSB-A4-WH-1 Format (WxH) (mm) 230 x 175 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material Additional bracket for system boxes, fl at (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-A4S-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fixed in place using the additional bracket Additional bracket for system boxes, deep (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-A4B-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fi xed in place using the additional bracket Clip-in label DIN A4, transparent, small Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) Pack SYSB-A4-HE-90 200 x 90 10 Pieces Clip-in label DIN A4, transparent, large Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) Pack SYSB-A4-HE-242 200 x 242 10 Pieces
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-SYSTEM BOX Visible compartment systems for the secure storage of KANBAN cards, label pockets and other documents. Due to the patented connection system, the system boxes can be connected to each other as well as in a block. KANBAN-System box Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 118 x 190 x 6 118 x 190 x 6 SYSB- SYSB- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 - 50 Piece - - - - - - - 20 50 Piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX: ACCESSORIES Bracket (Stainless steel) Order no. Version Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-WH-1 Bracket, single (Stainless steel) SYSB-WH-4 Bracket, 4-fold (Stainless steel) 111 x 166 486 x 166 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 or 4 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material Additional bracket (Stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fixed in place using the additional bracket Adjustable base for system box Order no. SYSB-FH Pack 50 Pieces - Adjustable in 5 mm increments - System box can be adjusted to individual card size Insert label, transparent, small Order no. Matching cardboard insert SYSB-HE-35 ET33-75K Pack 50 Pieces
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX: ACCESSORIES Label holder for back edge Order no. SYSB-RS-120 Pack 50 Pieces Block Label Order no. SYSB-HE-35-SPERR Pack 50 Pieces Insert label, transparent, large Order no. Matching Cardboard insert Pack SYSB-HE-169 ET75-168K 50 Pieces Cardboard inserts Order no. + Colour code Suitable for Cardboard inserts per Pack Sheet DIN A4 ET33-75K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-35 160 ET33-168K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-169 30 10 10
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS CARDPLAN® BOARDS The base of the Cardplan® Boards is made of sturdy, torsion-free metal. Insertion slots made of light grey, hard-wearing plastic are attached one below the other. The insertion slots are designed so that both individual documents and small stacks of documents (up to a maximum thickness of 2 mm) are securely fixed and can be inserted or removed with a single movement. The frameless panels (except A4 horizontal and A4 vertical) can be combined to any width or extended later. The boards are compatible with our greyboards. The visible edge is the part of the inserted document that protrudes from the insertion flap. The part of the document covered by the insertion flap (inserted) is referred to as the insertion depth. Document i t h g e h t n e m u c o D Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Visible edge Visible edge Insertion depth Insertion depth
INSERTION SYSTEMS CARDPLAN® BOARDS Cardplan® Boards Document height 74 mm DIN A7 landsc. or DIN A8 portr. Document height 100 mm Document height 105 mm DIN A6 landsc. or DIN A7 portr. Document height 148 mm DIN A5 landsc. or DIN A6 portr. Visible edge Panel height Insertable scale Width 250 mm/ Order no. Width 500 mm/ Order no. 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 17 34 51 59 11 23 33 39 11 23 33 38 16 34 50 56 14 32 46 53 10 21 31 30 mm 1244 mm 36 40 mm 440 mm 40 mm 795 mm 40 mm 1085 mm 40 mm 1244 mm 60 mm 440 mm 60 mm 795 mm 60 mm 1085 mm 60 mm 1244 mm 7 16 23 28 5 11 16 19 K217-20-G K227-20-G K237-20-G K247-20-G K217-30-G K227-30-G K237-30-G K247-30-G K212-30-G K222-30-G K232-30-G K242-30-G K216-20-G K226-20-G K236-20-G K246-20-G K215-20-G K225-20-G K235-20-G K245-20-G K215-30-G K225-30-G K235-30-G K245-30-G K216-40-G K226-40-G K236-40-G K246-40-G K216-60-G K226-60-G K236-60-G K246-60-G K517-20-G K527-20-G K537-20-G K547-20-G K517-30-G K527-30-G K537-30-G K547-30-G K512-30-G K522-30-G K532-30-G K542-30-G K516-20-G K526-20-G K536-20-G K546-20-G K515-20-G K525-20-G K535-20-G K545-20-G K515-30-G K525-30-G K535-30-G K545-30-G K516-40-G K526-40-G K536-40-G K546-40-G K516-60-G K526-60-G K536-60-G K546-60-G
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Cardplan® Boards Document height 210 mm DIN A4 landsc. or DIN A5 portr. *With lateral aluminium end frame. Document height 297 mm DIN A3 landsc. or DIN A4 portr. *With lateral aluminium end frame. Visible edge Panel height Insertable scale Width 250 mm/ Order no. Width 500 mm/ Order no. 15 mm 795 mm 15 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 90 mm 440 mm 90 mm 795 mm 90 mm 1085 mm 90 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 60 mm 440 mm 60 mm 795 mm 60 mm 1085 mm 60 mm 1244 mm 90 mm 440 mm 90 mm 795 mm 90 mm 1085 mm 36 56 11 29 43 49 8 19 29 35 3 7 10 12 5 17 26 31 3 9 13 16 2 6 9 K224-15-G* K234-15-G* K214-20-G* K224-20-G* K234-20-G* K244-20-G* K214-30-G* K224-30-G* K234-30-G* K244-30-G* K215-90-G* K225-90-G* K235-90-G* K245-90-G* K213-30-G* K223-30-G* K233-30-G* K243-30-G* K213-60-G* K223-60-G* K233-60-G* K243-60-G* K213-90-G* K223-90-G* K233-90-G* 90 mm 1244 mm 10 K243-90-G* K524-15-G K534-15-G K514-20-G* K524-20-G* K534-20-G* K544-20-G* K514-30-G* K524-30-G* K534-30-G* K544-30-G* K515-90-G K525-90-G K535-90-G K545-90-G* K513-30-G* K523-30-G* K533-30-G* K543-30-G K513-60-G* K523-60-G* K533-60-G* K543-60-G* K513-90-G* K523-90-G* K533-90-G* K543-90-G*
INSERTION SYSTEMS CARDPLAN®: ACCESSORIES Vertical divider for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. 1020 1220 KST1020 KST1220 Pack 10 Pieces 10 Pieces KST1020: can be used for panel heights 440 mm, 795 mm and 1085 mm. KST1220: can be used for panel heights of 1244 mm. Horizontal divider for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. Pack 250 500 KAN-AMPEL250/6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPEL500/6 10 Pieces Colour: Grey. Are simply placed over the insertion scale at the desired position. Label holder for Cardplan® boards Length x Height (mm) Order no. Pack 75 x 15 75 x 20 210 x 20 75 x 30 210 x 30 KE75-15 KE75-20 KE210-20 KE75-30 KE210-30 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces 10 Pieces Simply insert the labels into the transparent label holders and hang them in the desired position in the insertion flap. Colour labels for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 75 85 120 155 215 250 500 KAN-AMPEL75/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPEL85/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPELA7/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPELA6/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPELA5/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPEL250/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces KAN-AMPEL500/ 1 4 5 6 10 Pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Z-profi les Length (mm) 500 750 1000 Colour: Grey. Order no. Z500 Z750 Z1000 Aluminium Z-profiles for wall mounting of the panels. Set = top and bottom rail. Rails Length (mm) 500 1290 Colour: Grey. Order no. KR2203-50-G KR2203-00-G Running rails, powder-coated, for wall mounting (not for planning panel stands). Set = top and bottom rail. Sheet with magnets For Board-Width (mm) 250¹ 500² Order no. K2-BLM4 K5-BLM6 Set = 2 pieces incl. screws and Allen key, ready for installation ¹ With 4 neodymium magnets. ² With 6 neodymium magnets. Can be used up to panel height 1085 mm. Can be mounted on Cardplan® boards from production date 08/2016. Greyboard 440 mm/795 mm/1085 mm/1244 mm Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 250 x 440 500 x 440 250 x 795 500 x 795 250 x 1085 500 x 1085 K210-G K511-G K220-G K521-G K230-G K531-G Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 250 x 1244 VB-250-G 350 x 1244 VB-350-G 500 x 1244 VB-500-G 700 x 1244 VB-700-G 1000 x 1244 VB-1000-G
INSERTION SYSTEMS PLANNING PANEL STAND, HANGING RAILS Total width: 1290/1540/1790/2040 mm m m 0 0 8 1 : t h g e h i l a t o T Total depth: 600 mm The planning board stand is powder coated and can be used on both sides. The 4 mounted castors, 2 with brakes, enable flexible use. For all available greyboards and Cardplan boards. Delivery includes runners and lockable castors. The height of the shelves can be adjusted in 4 positions. Panel height: 440 mm Panel height: 795 mm Panel height: 1085 mm Panel height: 1244 mm Planning panel stand, hanging rails Version Suitable For/Length (cm) Colour Order no. Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 129 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 154 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 179 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 204 cm overall width Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy 129 154 179 204 Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey KS129-G KS154-G KS179-G KS204-G KRS129-G KRS154-G KRS179-G KRS204-G 1 Set = top and bottom rail insmall fastening material.
INSERTION SYSTEMS TRANSPARENT PANELS
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS The transparent panel system is the practical and flexible information carrier for all workstations that require clearly organised information. Price lists, tables, drawings, instructions, illustrations or other information can be inserted into the crystal-clear, transparent display boards in A4 portrait format. Texts can simply be inserted and hung onto the various mounting elements. For example, they can be placed on tables or attached to walls, shelves and tables very simply. The highlight: the elements for wall mounting are now also available in a magnetic version. So information can be quickly and securely attached and removed from all ferrous surfaces without any assembly work.
INSERTION SYSTEMS TRANSPARENT PANELS: ACCESSORIES Desk Number transparent panels Colour Order no. Order no. US 10 20 30 Grey Grey Grey OT410 OT420 OT430 OT410-US-WS OT420-US-WS OT430-US-WS Sturdy, stable metal design for holding 10, 20 or 30 clear view panels in A4 portrait format. Wall elements for screwing on Version Basic element with stop Extension unit Order no. Order no. US OT411 OT412 OT411-US-WS - For holding 10 transparent panels each. Can be extended as required by attaching the elements next to each other. The basic element has removable stop supports as lateral supports. Wall element with magnetic foil on the back Version Basic element with stop Extension unit Order no. Order no. US OT415 OT416 OT415-US-WS - Magnetic foil For holding 10 transparent panels each. Quick, uncomplicated attachment t o all ferrous surfaces (e.g. shelf crossbars, steel cabinets) thanks to the highly adhesive magnetic foil on the back. Swivel arm with mounted wall element Number transparent panels Order no. Order no. US 10 OT417 OT417-US-WS With internal spring, for holding 10 transparent boards. Easy to mount on a desk with a desk clamp.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Shelf bracket with swivel support Number transparent panels Order no. Order no. US 10 OT418 OT418-US-WS The shelf bracket enables wall elements to be attached to any perforated panel or shelf crossbar. Lateral rotation angle 120°, ideal reading angle. Suitable for OT411 Transparent panels DIN A4 portrait Colour White Red Blue Yellow Green Order no. Order no. US Pack OT440 OT441 OT442 OT443 OT444 OT440-US-WS 10 Pieces OT441-US-WS 10 Pieces OT442-US-WS 10 Pieces OT443-US-WS 10 Pieces OT444-US-WS 10 Pieces Transparent, made of non-reflective plastic film, framed with plastic-coated steel wire. Easy insertion thanks to pivot pin. Slip-on tabs for transparent panels Order no. Order no. US Length (mm) Pack OT50 OT50 50 10 Pieces For clear sheets DIN A4 portrait, 1 cardboard insert (height 12 mm) per tab.
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-LETTERBOX, TRANSPARENT The KANBAN letterboxes provide secure storage for your KANBAN cards and have a high filling capacity. Suitable for wall mounting, as a stand-alone solution or magnetic. - KANBAN letterbox, transparent (KN-BK-35), for KANBAN cards according to VDA standard 4902 - Suffi cient for up to 40 KANBAN cards, high fi lling capacity for all formats KANBAN Letterbox, transparent Version Transparent, > 35 mm Transparent, DIN A5 > 35 mm Transparent, DIN A4 > 35 mm Order no. KN-BK-35 KN-BK-A5-35 KN-BK-A4-35 Transparent, DIN A5 square > 40 mm KN-BK-A5Q-35 ESD black DIN A6 > 35 mm KN-BK-35-ESD-06 Transparent, magnetic, > 35 mm KN-BKM-35 Transparent, magnetic, DIN A5 > 35 mm KN-BKM-A5-35 Transparent, magnetic, DIN A4 > 35 mm KN-BKM-A4-35 Transparent, magnetic, DIN A5 square > 40 mm KN-BKM-A5Q-35 Width x Height (mm) Pack 115 x 165 165 x 165 230 x 250 217 x 127 114 x 153 115 x 165 165 x 165 230 x 250 217 x 127 2 Pieces 2 Pieces 1 Piece 2 Pieces 2 Pieces 2 Pieces 2 Pieces 1 Piece 2 Pieces
INSERTION SYSTEMS PRIMUS VISUAL COMPARTMENT SYSTEMS
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS Whether in the warehouse, workshop, factory or office: Our Primus display compartment systems are suitable for all requirements! You can create any desired height and width. You can extend or regroup at any tine, e.g. form rows of compartments, hang up individual compartments. For extensions, simply pull out the end panel and attach further extension elements or arrange them in any desired position. All elements can be regrouped, extended or subdivided vertically or horizon- tally at any tine. The individual columns can be stabilised at the bottom edge using the additional bracket. It‘s that simple: Attach wall brackets, hang the required number of shelves one below the other, close the last shelf with a front panel – and the row is complete. And if you want to expand? Either pull out the front panel and attach additional viewing compartments or place them anywhere in between. V i s i b l e e d g e 3 W idth 2 1 t h g e H i Dept 1 Wall mounting 2 Visible compartment element 3 Front panel
INSERTION SYSTEMS PRIMUS COLUMN OR ROW SYSTEMS/ACCESSORIES Basic element with grey front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. €/Piece Extension element DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. 337 x 210 SBAM103 19,90 € SER113 DIN A4 portr. 250 x 300 SBAM104 19,65 € SER114 DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 250 x 150 SBAM105 15,15 € SER115 Basic element, consisting of wall suspension, display compartment element and grey front panel. Extension unit, consisting of display compartment unit. Basic element with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. €/Piece Extension element DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. 337 x 210 SBAP103 19,90 € SER113 DIN A4 portr. 250 x 300 SBAP104 19,65 € SER114 DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 250 x 150 SBAP105 15,15 € SER115 Basic element, consisting of wall suspension, viewing compartment element and transparent Front panel. Extension unit, consisting of viewing compartment unit. Wall element with magnetic foil on the back Designation Order no. €/Pack Order no. Labelling labels, self-adhesive SA12 (10 pieces) 4,08 € SA32 (50 pieces) Cardboard inserts, white Additional bracket for all DIN formats SA33 (100 pieces) SZW110 (1 piece) 4,99 € 3,98 €
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS PRIMUS SINGLE COMPARTMENTS Single compartment with grey front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. 337 x 210 DIN A4 portr. 250 x 300 DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 250 x 150 Single element to screw on with grey front panel. Without wall mounting. SERM103 SERM104 SERM105 Single compartment with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. DIN A4 portr. DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 1/3 DIN 337 x 210 250 x 300 250 x 150 250 x 100 SERP113 SERP114 SERP115 SERP116 Single element to screw on with transparent front panel. Without wall mounting. Single compartment magnetic, with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A5 landsc. 1/3 DIN 250 x 150 250 x 100 KNSERM115 KNSERM116 - Made of light grey powder-coated sheet steel, particularly robust and durable - High capacity thanks to compartment depth of 15 mm
INSERTION SYSTEMS WORK DOCUMENT SLEEVE DIN A4 Work document sleeve for documents in A4 format with transparent film sealed on the back. Welded business card pocket at the top left for notes or additional information. - Documents readable without removal - High filling capacity - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode Work document sleeve DIN A4 Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 230 x 314 STP420- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 10 Pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INSERTION SYSTEMS PRIMUS WORKSHOP SLEEVE Working papers, drawings etc. can be summarised and protected in Primus workshop sleeves. Primus workshop sleeves can be hung individually from the cords or from the ring-reinforced eyelets and can also be inserted into Primus display compartments. - 3 ring-reinforced perforations in the head section - Velcro fastener on the back - Filling capacity approx. 7 mm Primus workshop sleeve DIN A4 Format (WxH) (mm) 240 x 330 Order no. ATP420 Pack 10 Pieces
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS HANGING FRAMES FRAMES FRAMES SIGNS SIGNS & People are visually orientated and take in 80% of all information with their eyes. This makes visualisation tools at the workplace even more important, for example to mark storage and storage locations or to communicate im- portant information in a clearly visible way.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging frame series 100/200 Accessories series 100 Accessories series 100/200 Accessories series 200 5S suspension Aluminium snap frame Block storage signs ORGATEX® hanging frames are a versatile visualisation tool. They are lighter than conventional frames and are highly resistant thanks to their robust plastic frame. They can therefore also be used in demanding indus- trial areas. In addition, the non-reflective PVC protec- tive cover can be read by all commercially available scanners. ORGATEX® hanging frames are available in all standard DIN formats and in 8 different colours. They can be used on both sides and in both horizontal and vertical format. With our extensive range of accesso- ries, the frames can be connected or attached, deta- ched and clipped on. You can attach them in a variety of ways, including to walls and ceilings, containers, crates and/or pallet cages – depending on your individual requirements. This means you are extremely flexible with our hanging frames, as mounting and changing information is quick and easy. Thanks to the patented locking clip, they offer a secure hold. In addition to the extensive range of hanging frames, ORGATEX® also offers you a complete set for 5S hanging, which facilitates compliance with the 5S method, as well as aluminium snap frames for the secure mounting of signs in DIN format. .
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS INFOGRAPHIC HANGING SIGN Locking clip Robust plastic frame (suitable for industrial use) Anti-reflective protective cover (scanner-readable) Quick and easy installation KG Low weight Product only suitable for indoor use!
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Extensive range of accessories We offer various mounting options for the hanging signs. They are specially tailored to your individual needs. Printing on standard papier (DIN) Common 5S colours DIN DIN formats 2 0 0 3 5S suspension Creates trouble-free processes by adhering to rules. The complete set consists of: Hanging sign, round tube clips, suspension eyelets and round tube. 0 0 Anti-reflective protective cover made of PVC Flexible and fast exchange of information. Scanner readable. DIN A1 DIN A5 DIN A4 m m 0 1 2 m m 7 9 2 DIN A3 m m 0 2 4 DIN A2 m m 4 9 5 m m 1 4 8 148 mm 210 mm 297 mm 420 mm 594 mm Series 100 Series 200
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS HANGING SIGN SERIES 100/200 - Robust plastic signs (suitable for industrial use) - Anti-reflective protective covers (scanner-readable) - All standard DIN formats available - Can be used in portrait and landscape format
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging frame Series 100/200 Version Format inside/ outside (W x H) (mm) Order no. + colour code Pack DIN A5 (Series 100) 148 x 210 / 153 x 218 PKR-A5-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 5 pieces DIN A4 (Series 100) 210 x 297 / 217 x 305 PKR-A4-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 5 pieces DIN A3 (Series 100) 297 x 420 / 305 x 427 PKR-A3-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 5 pieces DIN A2 (Series 200) 420 x 594 / 430 x 600 PKR-A2-200- - - - - - - - 88 5 pieces DIN A1 (Series 200) 594 x 841 / 600 x 846 PKR-A1-200- - - - - - - - 88 5 pieces
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100 Pipe clamp (counterpart to PKR-CL-AP-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-RKW-100 100 10 pieces - White plastic tube clamp for attaching hanging signs to tubes with a diameter of 23 to 28 mm - Only in conjunction with adapter PKR-CL-AP-100 Adapter Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-AP-100 100 10 pieces - Parallel for mounting hanging signs of the 100 series in conjunction with tube clamp PKR-CL-RKW-100 Mounting for hanging frames Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VA-100 100 10 pieces - Square suspension made of transparent plastic Grid hook Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-GH-100 100 10 Paar - Transparent plastic grid hook for parallel attachment of Series 100 hanging signs to wire grids up to a maximum diameter of 10 mm
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Magnetic holder, rotatable Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-MAD-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic magnetic holder with magnetic core - Holding force up to approx. 2.8 kg Clamp Order no. Series Pack PKR-CH-100 100 20 pieces - For T-piece for clamping to round pipes, mouldings etc. T-piece (counterpart to PKR-CH-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-T60-100 100 20 pieces - White plastic T-piece, 60 mm, only to be used in conjunction with clamp PKR-CH-100 Bracket (for screwing on) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-SHD-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic holder for screwing on
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Locking clip Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VS-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent plastic -Locking clip, prevents the protective cover from falling out of the hanging sign Suspension hook Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-HK-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent plastic suspension hook for hanging sign - 360° rotatable Suspension eye Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-OED-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent plastic hanging loop for hanging the hanging signs - 360° rotatable Wall bracket (self-adhesive) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-WH-100 100 10 pieces - With additional hole for screw fastening - Transparent plastic wall bracket Crate clamp (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-KK-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent plastic crate clamp (rotatable) for attaching hanging signs to crates up to a maximum material thickness of 20 mm
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging sign display Order no. PKR-BST PKR-A4-01-SD Series Colour Pack 100 100 - 5 pieces Red 1 Set Universal frame stand for holding warning signs in A4 size. - Rectangular, powder-coated grey metal base plate - Chrome-plated tubular steel, extendable from 320 to 620 mm, with locking lever and grey tube holder - DIN A4 hanging frame in ORGATEX® standard colour (only included in the set) Pipe clamp Order no. Series For pipe-Ø Pack PKR-CL-RK-100 PKR-CL-RK-35120 100 100 28 – 30 mm 10 pieces 35 – 38 mm 10 pieces - Transparent plastic tube clamp for attaching 100 series poster frames to tubes with a diameter of 28 to 38 mm Frame connector, rotatable Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VB-100 100 10 pieces - Transparent plastic frame connector for connecting 100 series poster holders Wall element, rotatable Order no. PKR-WHB-100 Series 100 - Can be used in portrait and landscape format - For sizes in the 100 series - Holder for scrolling 5 hanging frames
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 200 Pipe clamp Order no. Series For pipe-Ø Pack PKR-CL-RK-200 200 28 – 33 mm 10 pieces - Transparent plastic tube clamp for attaching Series 200 hanging frames to tubes with a diameter of 28 to 38 mm Film hinge Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-FS-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent plastic, for triangular and square connections of Series 200 hanging frames Magnetic holder Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-MAD-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic magnetic holder with magnetic core - Holding force up to approx. 2.8 kg
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Wall bracket (self-adhesive) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-WH-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent plastic wall bracket - With double-sided adhesive tape Locking clip Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VS-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent plastic locking clip, prevents the protective cover from falling out of the poster frame Suspension eye Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-OED-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent plastic hanging loop for hanging the poster frames - Infinitely variable rotation for poster insertion at the side Bracket (for screwing on) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-SHD-200 200 10 pieces - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic holder for screwing on
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100/200 Frame clip (counterpart to PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH, PKR-SKH-30) Order no. PKR-RCL-100 PKR-RCL-200 Series Pack 100 200 10 pieces 10 pieces - Transparent frame clip with grid for adjusting to the desired angle - Only in conjunction with PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH or PKR-SKH-30 Frame clip, rotatable by 90° (counterpart to PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH, PKR-SKH-30) Order no. Series Pack PKR-RCL90-100 PKR-RCL90-200 100 200 10 pieces 10 pieces - Transparent frame clip with grid for adjusting to the desired angle, rotatable by 90° - Only in conjunction with PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH or PKR-SKH-30
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Round tube clip (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. PKR-RK-28 Series Pack 100/200 10 pieces - Transparent round tube clip, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Provides optimum hold on all 28 mm round tubes Magnetic holder (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. PKR-MH Series Pack 100/200 10 pieces - Transparent magnetic holder, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Suitable for all magnetic surfaces Adhesive holder (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-SKH-30 100/200 10 pieces - Transparent adhesive holder, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Self-adhesive, with excellent adhesive strength on almost all surfaces
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Tubular steel, 2420 mm Order no. PKR-R28 Series Format (length) 100/200 2420 mm - Tubular steel, silver-grey incl. black PVC end plugs, length 2420 mm, Ø 28 mm ! Recommendation: Ceiling suspension with steel tube should be firmly mounted in the ceiling. End plug for steel pipe Order no. PKR-RES-28 Series Pack 100/200 10 pieces - Black PVC end plug for pipe suspension Tube connector, 100 mm Order no. PKR-RV28 Series 100/200 - Tube connector (100 mm) with metal core S-Hook, 32 mm Order no. PKR-SHK Series Pack 100/200 10 pieces - Made of metal - For suspending hanging signs using a knotted chain
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Ceiling magnet with hook Order no. PKR-DM50-02 Series 100/200 - White ceiling magnet for attaching hanging signs Knotted chain Order no. PKR-KK Series Rolle 100/200 30 Meter - Metal knotted chain for attaching hanging signs Ceiling Clip Order no. PKR-DK Series Pack 100/200 10 pieces - White plastic ceiling clip with eyelet, Ø 4 mm
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS 5S-SUSPENSION The 5S method is used to organise disruption free work processes by observing rules. The 5S suspension system, consisting of a steel tube, hanging signs, and connecting clips, enables compliance with the 5S method and creates a clean and tidy working environ- ment. Consisting of: - 1 x PKR-R28 (tubular steel, 2420 mm, silver-grey) - 3 x PKR-A3-100 (white) incl. inlay and clip - 3 x PKR-A4-100 (yellow, green, red) incl. inlay and clip - 6 x PKR-CL-RK-100 - 6 x PKR-CL-OED-100 - 6 x PKR-CL-HK-100 - 2 end plugs (black) 5S Suspension Order no. PKR-5S
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ALUMINIUM SNAP FRAME Quick and easy changing of posters in DIN format. - Available in 5 DIN formats - Concealed wall mounting holes - Long-lasting clamping effect thanks to fatigue-free spring steel - UV-stabilised and anti-reflective cover film Aluminium snap frame DIN-Formats Format (HxB) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 DIN A3 DIN A2 DIN A1 DIN A0 343 x 255 463 x 340 637 x 463 884 x 637 1234 x 882 KN-ALU-A4 KN-ALU-A3 KN-ALU-A2 KN-ALU-A1 KN-ALU-A0
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS BLOCK STORAGE SIGNS Block storage signs help to clearly label and organise stock. This way, it is easier for employees to quickly find the items they need, increasing efficiency in the warehouse and reducing the time spent looking for products. Various versions, such as ceiling cubes or signs with insert pockets, offer the right solution for every situation. For example, the classic block storage label with a bevelled edge facilitates scanning from the floor. Distinct and clearly visible labelling on block storage signs minimises the risk of mistakes and errors during order picking and storing goods. This helps to improve the accuracy and reliability of warehouse activities. We produce the layout according to your wishes and offer different formats depending on the visualisation requirements. ORDER DETAILS REQUIRED FOR CUSTOMISED PRINTING: 1. Specify your desired layout and format 2. For signs with logos or graphics we need a print-ready template (300 dpi – AI, EPS, TIFF, SVG) 3. We will send you a proof for inspection 4. The signs are dispatched as quickly as possible after approval
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS BLOCK STORAGE SIGNS Block storage signs help to identify the location of goods warehouses. They carry information such as block numbers and product codes to improve warehouse organisation and increase efficiency when locating products. The block labels are delivered pre-drilled. Fixing material such as sign hooks, or knotted chains must be purchased separately (page 195) Block Storage Signs Order-No. BKL-W-A4 BKL-W-A3 Version bevelled with insertion bevelled with insertion BKL-W-A4-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-W-A3-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-W-600-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-A4-IND BKL-A3-IND straight individually printed straight individually printed BKL-600-IND straight individually printed Length x width (mm) Package unit DIN A4 DIN A3 DIN A4 DIN A3 600 x 800 DIN A4 DIN A3 600 x 800 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS SHELF AND AISLE SIGNS Shelf and aisle signs are crucial for the organisation and orientation in warehouses and shops. They facilitate finding products, improve efficiency when restocking, promote customer orientation, avoid confusion and contribute to safety. The positions of drill holes must be specified within the layout. Fixing material such as sign hooks, or knotted chains must be purchased separately (page 195) Shelf and Aisle Signs Order-No. Version RGS-400-IND Individually printed RGS-600-IND Individually printed RGS-800-IND Individually printed Length x width (mm) Package unit 400 x 400 600 x 600 800 x 800 1 1 1
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS CEILING CUBES Ceiling cubes help employees orientate themselves more easily and find their way to the storage areas. The labelling above the aisles often indicates aisle numbers or product categories, improving efficiency and organisation in the warehouse. Fixing material such as sign hooks, or knotted chains must be purchased separately (page 195) Ceiling cubes Order-No. Version Length x width (mm) Package unit WÜ4-400-IND Ceiling cube 4-sided individually printed 400 x 400 WÜ4-600-IND Ceiling cube 4-sided individually printed 600 x 600 WÜ3-400-IND Ceiling cube 3-sided individually printed 400 x 400 WÜ3-600-IND Ceiling cube 3-sided individually printed 600 x 600 1 1 1 1
BACK TO THE SUMMARY HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Steel spiral springs Order-No. RGS-SF Pack 4 pieces Our steel spiral springs are ideal for flexible hanging or suspending of signs, ceiling hangers or advertising material. The steel spiral spring consists of two sturdy steel hooks that are firmly connected to an extendable spiral spring. A major advantage of this fixture is that the spiral spring can be extended to 150 cm. Steel spiral springs are also ideal for firmly attaching signs to the ends of shelves. Sign hooks Order-No. RGS-SH Pack 4 pieces Hook with C-opening for hanging signs. Optionally used with knotted chain. Material: steel, wire thickness: Ø 2 mm, length: 39 mm Knotted chain Order-No. PKR-KK Series Roll 100/200 30 Meter Metal knotted chain for suspending poster frames.
VISUAL BOARDS VISUAL VISUAL VISUAL BOARDS The quick and uncomplicated provision of information and key fi gures at central points in the company is an important part of a smooth operating process. Visual boards are the ideal tool for this, as they provide a clear overview of important information at all times. Whether for displaying target and actual statuses, quality indicators or machine running times – visual boards can fulfi l a wide variety of functions.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS Individual Printed Boards Info board Theme memory Production meeting SCRUM Board Improvement circle Machine board Wall board Stand-alone board Cube, rotatable Cube Stop Accessories Different board versions are available depending on visual board portfolio is also available as a whiteboard the area of application: Our wall boards are suitable for version for labelling with board markers. A visual board permanent use and can be easily attached near is as individual as the company in which it is used. We machines, for example. Our mobile stand-alone boards, design the boards with your company logo and which can also be fitted with shelves or file holders, customise them with lettering according to your spec- offer maximum flexibility. Rotatable cubes in central ifications. We also print customised whiteboards with locations allow meetings and team discussions to run matrices or tables for you. And if you are looking for a more smoothly. Due to their shape, they are also easy completely customised solution: Our specialist depart- to use in places where space is limited. Stops are a clear ment will design and produce your customised board signpost and stopping point for your milk run. Our entire for you.
VISUAL BOARDS INFOGRAPHIC VISUAL BOARDS Integration of audio-visual media (monitors, TV, etc.) SHOPFLOOR MANAGEMENT Customised headline design (logo and text) L E A N F A C T O R Y C O R N E R L E A N F A C T O R Y C O R N E R LEAN FACTORY CORNER Provision of key figures and information at a central point Available in whiteboard version for easy writing with board markers Production with in-house solutions according to your specifications Provision of key figures and information Tailored to the needs of your production
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS C u b e Cube Cube Our cubes are manufactured from folded sheet metal. The height is set at 2204 mm, the width varies up to 1050 mm as required. Almost limitless combina- tions are possible. The upper section can also be ordered as a rotatable version. Inscribable In whiteboard quality available and can be labelled with a board marker Media integration You can integrate all media into our system (aluminium profiles). Customised specific solutions Extensive range of accessories W a n d b o ard Wall board The panel widths allow the wall board to be custo- mised in width, only the height is fixed (1444 mm). Wall boards are used wherever mounting options are possible on site, e.g. on walls, machine housings and other permanently installed surfaces. Stand-alone board Our stand-alone boards have a standard height of 2170 mm. The board widths allow for custo- mised assembly of the stand-alone board in width. Stand-alone boards can be used flexibly in various locations thanks to a roller stand.
VISUAL BOARDS INDIVIDUAL Design, customised sizes and printing: we design visual boards with in-house solutions entirely according to your specifications. In terms of design, you have the option of adapting the design and size of standard products to your requirements or designing a customised board with our specialist department.
VISUAL BOARDS PRINTED BOARDS Structured whiteboards are the basis of every successful shop floor meeting. We offer a diverse selection of whiteboards with different layouts that have been specially developed by experts for your lean management needs. You can either use proven templates or choose customised layouts according to your preferences. Discover the ideal solution for efficiently organising and visualising your shop floor processes. You will also find useful accessories for structuring the boards in the „document holders“ and „insertion systems“ sections. We use the UV printing process to print on a 0.9 mm thick magnetic sheet, which is characterised by its high quality and scratch resistance. The film can also be used to upgrade existing boards.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY For individual requests please contact our service team. Phone: +49 2173 1064-0 E-Mail: sales@orgatex.de
VISUAL BOARDS INFO BOARD The info board is the central point for regular communication with shop floor employees. Important general information and ongoing projects can be visualised here in a structured manner. However, the overarching and specific key figures that are used to control your operation are of central importance for shop floor management. All employees can thus be actively integ- rated into your improvement process. - With magnetic foil, info board layout, scratch resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2460 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Design: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2400 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2460 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2400-INFO
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS TOPIC MEMORY The topic memory makes the change process palpable and tangible for employees. Problems, challenges and other ideas that are relevant to the working environment can be recorded by employees on topic cards and, with the support of managers, can be recognisably implemented. By categorising the topic cards from „Open“ to „In progress“ to „Completed“, employees can see that concerns are being taken seriously and implemented. - Visual board with magnetic foil, themed memory layout, scratch resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 1060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Design: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 1000 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Topic memory Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 1060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-1000-THEM
VISUAL BOARDS PRODUCTION MEETING The aim of an agile production team is to have an early morning/ production phase meeting to make decisions. The events of the last 24 hours and the preview for the next 24 hours are discussed. Key figures over the course of the month as well as daily key figures for the current and previous week provide support. We also recommend the direct allocation and documentation of necessary measures for each system on magnetic strips. - With magnetic foil, production meeting board layout, scratch- resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Design: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Production meeting Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-PROD
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS SCRUM-BOARD Discover the advantages of the agile project management method SCRUM. Organise your work efficiently, improve team collabora- tion and increase productivity. With our wall board, you always have an overview of your projects and can lead them to success step by step. Experience a new way of working and be inspired by the flexibility and effectiveness that SCRUM offers you. - With magnetic foil, SCRUM board layout, scratchresistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Design: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board SCRUM Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-SCRUM
VISUAL BOARDS IMPROVEMENT CIRCLE Problems should not be solved at the symptom level, but at the root – the core reason. Our improvement circle board is ideal for efficient and structured problem solving. The procedure is based on the familiar and established DMAIC structure and helps employees to develop sustainable solutions. - With magnetic foil, improvement circle layout, scratch resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Version: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Improvement Circle Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-VERB
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS MACHINE BOARD What is the current machine performance? What is preventing us from increasing performance or reducing downtimes? Using the machine board, an instrument is provided on the shop floor for each system that makes system-related key figures transpa- rent and is also a medium for cross-shift communication. What has happened in the current shift? What measures have been introduced or still need to be introduced? - With magnetic foil, machine board layout, scratch resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 1260 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Version: Frame made of R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 1260 mm usable area (white edged sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Machine Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 1260 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-1200-MASCH
VISUAL BOARDS WALL BOARD The wall boards have a standard height of 1444 mm. This height contains: - Heading - Heading 100 mm 40 mm - Whiteboard 1244 mm - Incl. customised headline - Whiteboard quality - Inscribable with a board marker Customise the width and headings of your wall board according to your individual requirements.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS 0 0 1 0 4 4 4 2 1 4 4 4 1 Wall board Dimensions (WxH) 1060 x 1444 mm 1560 x 1444 mm 1760 x 1444 mm 2060 x 1444 mm 700 1000 Order no. VB-WA-1000-W VB-WA-1500-W VB-WA-1700-W VB-WA-2000-W
VISUAL BOARDS STAND-ALONE BOARD The stand-alone boards have a standard height of 2140 mm. This height contains: - Heading - Heading 100 mm 40 mm - Whiteboard 1244 mm - Incl. customised headline - Whiteboard quality (double-sided) - Inscribable with a board marker - With single-sided shelf (double-sided on request) Customise the width and headings of your stand-alone board according to your individual requirements.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS 0 0 1 0 4 4 4 2 1 220 0 4 1 2 700 1000 Stand-Alone Board Dimensions (WxH) Order no. Version 1060 x 2140 mm 1560 x 2140 mm 1760 x 2140 mm 2060 x 2140 mm VB-ST-1000-A VB-ST-1500-A VB-ST-1700-A VB-ST-2000-A With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf
VISUAL BOARDS CUBE ROTATABLE The combination of a fixed lower section and an upper section that can be rotated to 360° gives the cube maximum flexibility. The cubes have a standard height of 2180 mm. - Heading 100 mm - Whiteboard 1244 mm - Incl. customised headline - Whiteboard quality - Inscribable with a board marker - Height-adjustable disc feet Customise the width and headings of your cube according to your individual requirements.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS 700 0 0 1 rotating plate 4 4 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Cube, rotatable Dimensions (WxH) 500 x 2180 mm 700 x 2180 mm Order no. VB-LC360-500 VB-LC360-700
VISUAL BOARDS CUBE The Cubes have a standard height of 2204 mm. This height contains: - Heading - Heading 100 mm 40 mm - Whiteboard 1244 mm - Incl. customised headline - Whiteboard quality - Inscribable with a board marker - Available as column conversion Customise the width and headings of your cube according to your individual requirements.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS 700 250 0 0 1 0 4 4 0 2 2 4 4 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Cube Dimensions (WxH) 500 x 2204 mm 700 x 2204 mm Order no. VB-LC-500 VB-LC-700
VISUAL BOARDS STOP Collect your KANBAN cards in one place. The stop serves as a clear indication or stopping point for your Milk Run (tugger train). - Individual stop symbol - Customised timetable display Primus viewing compartment (p. 166) is not included in the price. Optionally available in different sizes.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS 221 0 4 0 2 600 Stop Dimensions (WxH) 600 x 2040 mm Order no. VB-ST-HALT
VISUAL BOARDS ACCESSORIES Pen holder, magnetic Order no. VB-SH-MA Magnetic holder for pens/board markers with a maximum diameter of 12 mm. Magnetic signs for value stream symbols Designa- tion Order no. Dimensions (WxH) Inlay (ET) Pack Large Small Inlay (ET), white Inlay (ET), white HE148-105 105 x 148 mm ET105-148 50 pcs. HE547-75 75 x 47 mm ET475 50 pcs. ET105-148 105 x 148 mm ET475 75 x 47 mm 40 pcs. 120 pcs. Sticker pad Smiley, self-adhesive Order no. VB-ZB001 Blocks 20 pcs. Pack 1200 pcs. Smiley sticker for labelling the corresponding status. Sticker diameter 30 mm. Smiley magnets, magnetic Designa- tion Order no. Dimensions Colour Pack Sad VB-HMS-01 Ø 36 mm Red 10 pcs. Neutral VB-HMS-04 Ø 36 mm Yellow 10 pcs. Smiling VB-HMS-05 Ø 36 mm Green 10 pcs. Smileys printed on plastic-coated magnets. High adhesive force and a good symbolic effect. Board Cleaner Order no. VB-WR - Cleaning spray for whiteboards - Quick drying - For removing dried-on residues - Without propellant - Contents of bottle: 250 ml
BACK TO THE SUMMARY VISUAL BOARDS Board marker Order no. VB-WS4 Pack 4 pcs. - Easy to wipe off all whiteboard surfaces - For whiteboards and fl ipcharts - Case with 4 pre-sorted colours: black, red, blue and green - Neatly refi llable Holder for board marker, magnetic Order no. VB-SH4-MA - For all magnetic whiteboards - Magnetic - Capacity for up to 4 board markers Board Assistant, magnetic Designation Order no. Pack Board Assistant VB-BA-MA 1 pc. Wiper refi ll pack VB-LP 100 pcs. - For all magnetic whiteboards - Magnetic storage box - Capacity for up to 7 board markers - Lid serves as a board wiper File storage Order no. VB-ZB002 - For attaching to our aluminium profi les (visual boards) - Suitable for fi ling folders - Creates space, folders are immediately to hand Whiteboard printing We print customised whiteboards in-house, z. e.g. with a matrix or tables. Protected behind a coating, these are also protected against daily labelling/wiping or board-cleaning liquids.
DOCUMENT HOLDE R DOCU DOCUDOCU MENT HOLDER HOLDER HOLDER Be it work instructions, machine running times, tugger train schedules or maintenance and inspection logs – all documents that are important for operation must be displayed securely and transparently. Depending on the business and area of application, external infl uences such as dust, high humidity or oily air must be taken into account and the documents must be protected.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DOCUMENT HOLDE R Magnetic Windows Magnetic-Windows-Frame Magnetic-Windows-Headline Multi Windows Clipboard FLIP-MAG At ORGATEX® you will find a wide range of solutions includes the Multi Windows document holder, which for securely displaying your important documents with adheres to smooth surfaces and can be used several minimal effort and replacing them easily. Our document times. holders adhere to various surfaces, e.g. all smooth surfaces made of metal, glass or plastic. Our Magnetic If several A4 pages are to be displayed in ring binder Windows are available in various formats and colours. form, our FLIP-MAG programme with a special neody- They have 3 magnetic and one self-adhesive side and mium magnet is used. Lastly, the clipboard is an essen- can therefore be fixed permanently. The document tial part of everyday business life and can also be ideally windows can be written on so that, for example, machine combined with the Magnetic Windows and placed on running times can be noted without removing the boards. document. In combination with our Magnetic Windows Headlines, they provide an overview of the processes. In addition to the magnetic windows, our portfolio also
DOCUMENT HOLDE R INFOGRAPHIC DOCUMENT HOLDER 3 sides magnetic, 1 side self-adhesive for permanent fixing. Easy replacement of documents. Clear identification through coloured frame Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens Adheres to almost all surfaces For flexible or perma- nent labelling Documents are protected from dirt and weather conditions
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DOCUMENT HOLDE R FLIP-MAG DIN A4 covers with filing margin and neodymium magnets. Magnetic ring binder mechanism with rubberised high-performance magnets (prevents scratching of surfaces) for using at e.g. workstations and wall boards. DIN DIN formats Version of the document holders in standar- dised horizontal and vertical format . Common 5S colours Ongoing development Multi Windows Document holder for visual boards. Adheres even to smooth surfaces and can be used several times (repositionable). Clipboard With additional rubber coating on the clamp, provides an optimum hold for all types of documents. The robust metal clamp has a high clamping effect. Up to 60 sheets can be clamped.
DOCUMENT HOLDE R MAGNETIC WINDOWS - Coloured document windows - Simple replacement of documents - Permanent fi xation possible with adhesive strips - Inscribable (with non-permanent felt-tip pens) - Simple identifi cation with coloured frames Magnetic Windows Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. 210 x 148/235 x 173 KAN-MW-A5Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces DIN A4 portr. 210 x 297/235 x 322 KAN-MW-A4H- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 210/322 x 235 KAN-MW-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces DIN A3 portr. 297 x 420/322 x 445 KAN-MW-A3H- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 297/445 x 322 KAN-MW-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces DIN A2 portr. 420 x 594/445 x 620 KAN-MW-A2H- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 1 piece DIN A2 landsc. 594 x 420/620 x 445 KAN-MW-A2Q- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 1 piece DIN A1 landsc. 841 x 594/865 x 620 KAN-MW-A1Q- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 1 piece LETTER portr. 8,50 x 11,00/9,50 x 12,00 KAN-MWEX-A4H- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 10 pieces LETTER landsc. 11,00 x 8,50/12,00 x 9,50 KAN-MWEX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pieces LEDGER landsc. 17,00 x 11,00/18,00 x 12,00 KAN-MWEX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 10 pieces Arch. C landsc. 22,00 x 17,00/23,00 x 18,00 KAN-MWEX-A2Q- - 03 - - - 88 HB 1 piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DOCUMENT HOLDE R MAGNETIC-WINDOWS-FRAMES Document holder for direct labelling of documents, e.g. for recording machine running times or creating maintenance and inspection logs. - Frame for documents to be labelled directly - Simple replacement of documents - Permanent fi xation possible with adhesive strips - Simple identifi cation with coloured frames Magnetic-Windows-Frames Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 portr. 210 x 297/234 x 321 KAN-MWR-A4H- 01 03 04 05 08 88 10 pieces DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 210/321 x 234 KAN-MWR-A4Q- - - - - - 88 10 pieces DIN A3 portr. 297 x 420/321 x 444 KAN-MWR-A3H- - - - - - 88 10 pieces DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 297/444 x 321 KAN-MWR-A3Q- - - - - - 88 10 pieces LETTER LEDGER 205,00 x 268,50/239,00 x 302,50 KAN-MWREX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 10 pieces 268,50 x 421,00/302,50 x 455,00 KAN-MWREX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 10 pieces
DOCUMENT HOLDE R MAGNETIC-WINDOWS-HEADLINE - Simple replacement of documents - Permanent fi xation possible with adhesive strips - Inscribable (with non-permanent felt-tip pens) - Simple identifi cation with coloured frames Magnetic-Windows-Headline Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 portr. 210 x 48/235 x 70 KAN-MWH-A4H- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 48/322 x 70 KAN-MWH-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 48/445 x 70 KAN-MWH-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 08 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER portr. 8,50 x 1,80 in/9,50 x 2,80 KAN-MWHEX-A4H- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER landsc. 11,00 x 1,80 in/12,00 x 2,80 KAN-MWHEX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 10 pcs. LEDGER landsc. 17,00 x 1,80 in/18,00 x 2,80 KAN-MWHEX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 - 88 HB 10 pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DOCUMENT HOLDE R MULTI WINDOWS - All-round adhesive frame - Removable without residue - Repositionable (can be re-glued) - Multiple use - Adheres to smooth surfaces (e.g. glass, metal, plastic) - No electrical charging - Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens Multi Windows Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 portr. DIN A5 portr. DIN A3 portr. 212 x 300/ 231 x 318 (mm) 151 x 212/ 169 x 231 (mm) 298 x 422/ 318 x 441 (mm) KAN-MU-A4- 01 03 04 05 08 88 10 pieces KAN-MU-A5- - - - - - 88 10 pieces KAN-MU-A3- - - - - - 88 10 pieces
DOCUMENT HOLDE R CLIPBOARD The clipboard is the ideal helper when there is no firm writing surface available. The additional rubber grip on the clamp provides an optimum hold for all types of documents. Thanks to its standardised size, it is ideal for combining with the Magnetic Windows and placing on boards. - Robust metal clamp with high clamping eff ect - Up to 60 sheet capacity - Durable plastic (polystyrene) - Rubberised clamp for a particularly secure hold Clipboard Format DIN A4 portr. DIN A4 landsc. DIN A4 portr., magnetic DIN A4 landsc., magnetic Dimension (W x H) (mm) 234 x 321 321 x 234 234 x 321 321 x 234 Order no. Pack VB-KB-A4H-88 VB-KB-A4Q-88 2 pieces 2 pieces VB-KBM-A4H-88 2 pieces VB-KBM-A4Q-88 2 pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DOCUMENT HOLDE R FLIP-MAG Sleeves with filing margin und strong adhesive neodymium magnets for documents in DIN A4 format vertical or horizontal. Double ended document insertion. - Can be used on both sides - For use with our ring binder mechanism - Can be used in landscape and portrait format - 4 hole perforation FLIP-MAG Designation Order no. + Colour code Pack FLIP-MAG (sleeves) FLIP-MAG- 01 03 04 05 07 - FLIP-MAG-ESD-version FLIP-MAG-ESD- - - - - - 20 Ring binder mechanism, magnetic RBM-MA-35 10 pieces 10 pieces 1 piece
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE ELEC TRO STATIC STATIC STATIC DIS DIS CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE Do you work with electrostatically sensitive assemblies or components? In this case, we have developed special versions of our popular products that cannot become electrostatically charged. For example, we work with special PVC fi lms that permanently dissipate any charges that arise. This ensures that none of your products are damaged or completely destroyed during your storage processes.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Visual pockets ESD visual pockets for attaching Fasteners for visual pockets Fasteners for visual pockets ESD Visual pockets ESD, super-magnetic Document holder KANBAN-Cover ESD for overhanging KAN-Label ESD KLT-Snapper-ESD-KANBAN-sleeves Receipt holder FLIP-MAG ESD Work document sleeve ESD, type Primus Insertion systems Systembox ESD (low-charging) Accessories Systembox ESD KANBAN-letterbox ESD (low-charging) Floor marking Floor identification sign „ESD“ LongLife floor marking tape „ESD“ Dollies ESD Dollies, 600 x 400 mm Did you know? This is what ESD means! can even cause visible sparks. A discharge that can be Electrostatic charges (electrostatic discharge) can be felt by humans is approx. 3000 volts, whereas 30 volts absorbed and released by the human body. These is sufficient to destroy an electrostatically sensitive charges are generated by friction and the subsequent component or an electrostatically sensitive assembly. separation of two objects. A particularly strong charge
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE INFOGRAPHIC ESD-PRODUCTS Hanging hole for various mounting options Slot perforation for all-round bracket IDP-STAT® PVC rigid film Wide Product range For working areas with electrostatic discharges Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film A specially developed IDP-STAT® PVC film (IDP = Inherently Dissipative Polymer) is used for the production of our articles in 0.25 mm and 0.7 mm thickness. The special PVC film enables permanent discharge capability. Common format sizes LongLife floor marking ORGATEX® floor marking (floor signs and floor marking tape) is ideal for labelling ESD work areas. Common 5S colours N l T T r e eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . N 0 i l T T 0 e r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r e e . 4 N i i 0 l l e e 0 r . 4 N N 0 Ongoing development System box ESD/ KANBAN letterbox ESD Enables KANBAN control even in ESD-sensitive areas. The system boxes and letterboxes are made from a low-charging granulate (Irgastat P 18 FCA) Dollies The ESD castors used the Dollies are for which ensures the best performance and protection with high-quality ball bearings and hub caps.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE VISUAL POCKETS ESD FOR ATTACHING In many cases, there is no suitable surface on containers for labelling. This can be remedied with the hanging visual pocket. It consists of hard-wearing plastic, a reinforced top section and a transparent viewing window for documents. Thanks to our extensive range of accessories, labelling is possible on almost any surface. - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Scanner compatible A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension/inner dimension 1/3 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 160/108 112/70 159/111 205/152 264/217 268/217 335/328 230/225 115/112 159/156 230/225 160/153 325/322 229/225 ESD visual pockets for attaching Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. SD011-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. SD012-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SD016-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SD013-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. DIN A4 portr. SD015-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 SD018-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD020-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FASTENERS FOR VISUAL POCKETS ESD All-round bracket (patented) Order no. KTB3000 Pack 10 pieces The patented all-round bracket for quick insertion into our pockets with slot perforation in the top section. Designed for pallet cages and/or thick-walled containers up to 4 cm. Dimensions (WxH): 215 x 125 mm. The all-round bar cannot be used with: - Pocket design with protective flap - DIN A7, DIN A4 landscape Special retaining bracket Order no. MA2000 Pack 10 pieces Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. The special retaining bracket is pulled through the two outer suspension holes of the visual pocket. Thanks to the spring steel design, it sits firmly between rods or cardboard boxes, on wire pallet cages etc. This bracket can be slipped over, inserted and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 320 x 100 mm. Particularly suitable for DIN A4 landscape, cannot be used for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Mini special bracket Order no. MA2080 Pack 10 pieces The mini special bracket made of spring steel wire was designed for fastening smaller pocket formats (DIN A6 horizontal, DIN A5 vertical). Secure hold on cardboard boxes, containers, pallet cages etc. This bracket can be slipped over, inserted and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 230 x 80 mm. Only suitable for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Container bracket Order no. MA2090 Pack 10 pieces Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers with a wall thickness of up to 2 cm. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 21 mm. Container bracket Order no. MA2100 Pack 10 pieces Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers with a wall thickness of up to 5 cm. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 45 mm.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FIXTURES FOR VISUAL POCKETS ESD U-clamps (patented) Order no. MA2030 Pack 50 pieces For attaching pockets/sleeves to all types of pallet cages. The special bending enables easy removal. Dimensions (WxH): 28 x 55 mm. U-clamps Order no. MA2020 Pack 50 pieces For piercing cardboard, film and other outer packaging and when using small pocket formats (DIN A7/DIN A6). Dimensions (WxH): 15 x 38 mm. Plastic spike Order no. MA2060 Pack 50 pieces For piercing soft materials such as cardboard, film, plastic bags, textiles, etc. Length: 12 mm. Gripper Order no. KAN-GRIPPER Pack 100 pieces For hanging on pallet cages, the bag clamps in the holder. U-Gripper Order no. KAN-U-GRIPPER Pack 100 pieces For overhanging, e.g. on pallet cages, with 2 parallel hooks and wide pocket clip.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FIXTURES FOR VISUAL POCKETS ESD Plastic binder Order no. MA2050 Pack 50 pieces Plastic ties are highly recommended if the bags are to be permanently attached or, for example, attached to profiles, cables or similar. The special fastener allows multiple use. Length: 320 mm. VST-Gripper Order no. VST-GRIPPER Pack 50 pieces The round tube label holder makes it easy to flexibly attach visible pockets or label holders to round tubes with a diameter of 28 - 30 mm. The grip points on the inside prevent slipping when fitting or removing the labelling. The toothed mount provides a secure hold even in the event of vibration. For the development of an ESD control programme DIN EN 61340-5-3 and the establishment of ESD protection zones NEW (Electrostatic Discharge Protected Area, EPA ), Electrostatics - Part 5-3: Protection of electronic it is recommended that the following international components against electrostatic phenomena - standards be used as a guide: characteristics and requirements for the classification of packaging used for components sensitive to DIN EN 61340-5-1 electrostatic discharge. Electrostatics - Part 5-1: Protection of electronic (2011-05) components against electrostatic phenomena - general requirements (2008-07) DIN EN 61340-5-1 Supplement 1 IDP-STAT®-PVC-Film - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: transparent Electrostatics - Part 5-2: Protection of electronic - Film thickness: 0.25 mm and 0.7 mm components against electrostatic phenomena - - Recyclable user manual (2009-09) Product qualifi cation according to DIN EN 61340-5-1 (2008-07): Surface resistance RS DIN EN 61340-2-3 Test method Limit values 1 x 105 ≤ RS < 1 x 1011 Ω Typical values 109 – 1010 Ω Ambient conditions: 12 ± 3 % relative humidity and 23 ± 2 °C (conditioning > 48 hours)
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE VISUAL POCKETS ESD SUPER-MAGNETIC The high-quality, super-magnetic ESD visual pockets are the ideal solution in the event of strong shocks or vibrations during transport. With 2 super-strong, welded-in neodymium magnets, this pocket has been specially developed for attaching to ferrous surfaces or curved and uneven surfaces. They are made of IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film with a reinforced head section. - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Scanner compatible A A B B Existing formats in mm Outer dimension/inner dimension A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A4 landsc. A B 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 268/217 325/322 A4 portr. 335/328 229/225 ESD visual pockets, super-magnetic Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A6 landsc. MU2260-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. MU2250-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. MU2240-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. MU2230-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces 10 pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KANBAN-COVER ESD FOR OVERHANGING The high-quality KANBAN cover made of IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film is ideal for labelling different load carriers in the ESD area. It can be used both for standard containers and as a customised solution. - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.7 mm - Recyclable Order no. Format Outer dimension (WxHxT) (mm) Pack KAN-COW1/4DIN-ESD 1/4 DIN 215 x 80 x 16 10 pieces
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KAN-LABEL ESD The ESD-KANBAN sleeves have been developed to fit KLT containers and Euroboxes perfectly. They are made of IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film and ensure a secure hold, even under load. Their size makes them ideal for use in ORGATEX® KANBAN boards. - VDA standard 4902 - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Scanner compatible - Closed on 3 sides, side insert KAN-Label ESD Order no. KL100-ESD-20 Dimension inner/outer (WxH) (mm) 200 x 67/209 x 80 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN-ESD-20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KAN-LABELA5-ESD-20 200 x 135/209 x 147 Inlay ET670 ET85 ET135 Pack 50 pieces 50 pieces 50 pieces Cardboard inserts (inlays)
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KLT-SNAPPER-ESD-KANBAN-SLEEVES The ESD-KANBAN sleeves have been developed to fit KLT containers and Euroboxes perfectly. They are made of IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film and ensure a secure hold, even under load. Their size makes them ideal for use in ORGATEX® KANBAN boards. - VDA standard 4902 - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Scanner compatible - Closed on 3 sides, top insert KLT-Snapper-ESD-KANBAN sleeves Order no. Dimension inner/outer (WxH) (mm) KLT-SNAP-ESD/20 200 x 67/209 x 80 KLT-SNAP-1/3DIN-ESD/20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KLT-SNAP-DINA5-ESD/20 200 x 135/209 x 147 Inlay ET670 ET85 ET135 Pack 50 pieces 50 pieces 50 pieces Cardboard inserts (inlays)
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FLIP-MAG ESD Due to the viewing window on the front and back the specially reinforced IDP-STAT® rigid PVC film can be used on both sides. It is suitable for use in ring binder mechanisms with special neodymium magnets for horizontal and vertical page turning. FLIP-MAG is designed for documents in DIN A4 format vertical or horizontal and ensures secure hold. - Can be used on both sides - Especially for use with the ring binder mechanism - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Scanner compatible FLIP-MAG ESD Order no. Format Dimension inner/outer (W x H) (mm) FLIP-MAG-ESD-20 DIN A4 297 x 210/315 x 255 RBM-MA-35 Ring binder mechanism, magnetic Pack 10 pieces 1 piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE WORK DOCUMENT SLEEVE ESD TYPE PRIMUS Whether order documents or test reports. The ESD work document sleeve protects your documents from soiling. - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Complies with the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: back 0.7 mm, front 0.25 mm - Side insert - With welded-on business card pocket - Recyclable - Scanner compatible Work Document Sleeve ESD, type Primus Order no. Format Dimension inner/outer (WxH) (mm) ATP660-ESD-20 DIN A4 215 x 305/240 x 316 Pack 10 pieces
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SYSTEMBOX ESD (LOW-CHARGING) The ESD system box is used to hold KANBAN cards. The structure can be sloted or in a block, so it can be extended as required. - Material: ABS - Low-charging - Use in ESD-KANBAN boards Systembox ESD (low-charging) Order no. SYSB-ESD-06 Dimension inner/outer (W x H) (mm) 118 x 190 x 6/122 x 192 x 10 Pack 10 pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE ACCESSORIES SYSTEMBOX ESD Bracket (stainless steel) Order no. Version Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-WH-1 Bracket, single (stainless steel) 111 x 166 SYSB-WH-4 Bracket, 4-way (stainless steel) 486 x 166 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 or 4 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material Additional bracket (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fi xed in place using the additional bracket Adjustable base for system box Order no. SYSB-FH Pack 50 pieces - Adjustable in 5 mm increments - System box can be adjusted to individual card size Insert label, transparent, small Order no. Matching cardboard insert Pack SYSB-HE-35-ESD SYSB-HE-169-ESD ET33-75K ET75-168K 10 pieces 10 pieces Cardboard inserts Order no. + Colour code Suitable for Cardboard inserts/Pack Sheets DIN A4 ET33-75K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-35-ESD 160 ET75-168K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-169-ESD 30 10 10
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KANBAN LETTERBOX ESD (LOW-CHARGING) KANBAN letterbox supports the use of KANBAN cards and has a high filling capacity. - High fi lling capacity (35 mm) - Suffi cient for up to 40 KANBAN cards - For KANBAN cards according to VDA standard 4902 - Material: ABS - Low-charging - Wall mounting with 2 screws (not included) KANBAN letterbox ESD (low-charging) Order no. Outer DImension (WxHxD) (mm) KN-BK-35-ESD-06 115 x 155 x 38 Pack 2 pieces
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FLOOR MARKING SIGN „ESD“ ORGATEX® floor markings (signs) are ideal for labelling ESD work areas. Thanks to the newly developed plastic surface, the floor markings are slip-resistant, extremely hard-wearing, and wear-resistant. - Made from PVC - Full-surface self-adhesive backing - Increases occupational safety - Simple attachment - Excellent adhesion - High slip resistance (non-slip) - Traffi cable - High warning and information eff ect Floor Marking Sign „ESD“ Order no. Outer DImension (W x H) (mm) LG-SCHILD-001-04 450 x 300
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE „ESD“ ORGATEX® floor markings are ideal for labelling ESD work areas. Due to the newly developed plastic surface, the floor markings are extremely hard-wea- ring and wear resistant. - Simple attachment - Forklift proof and scratch resistant - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Reference to ESD areas LongLife Floor Marking Tape „ESD“ Order no. LG50-ESD LG75-ESD Format (W x L) (mm) 50 x 50.000 75 x 50.000 Roll 1 Roll 1 Roll
BACK TO THE SUMMARY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE DOLLIES ESD 600 X 400 MM The solution along the logistics chain. From the delivery of goods to dispatch. - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - Extremely true to track - Stackable - With Easy-Lock system - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet MAT-BORO-1/ESD 2 swivel- / 2 fixed castors (plastic) MAT-BORO-2-ESD 4 swivel castors (plastic) MAT-BORO-7B-ESD 2 swivel- / 2 fixed castors (plastic) with drawbar Dollies ESD, 600 x 400 mm Order no. Designation Swivel-/fixed castors Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-1/ESD Dollies without drawbar MAT-BORO-2-ESD4 Dollies without drawbar MAT-BORO-7B-ESD Dollies with drawbar 2/2 4/- 2/2 400 400 400 600 600 600
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T MA TERIAL TRANS PORT In order to save costs and remain competitive, in-house material supply must be organised as effi ciently as possible. Tugger trains are becoming increasingly important due to the growing demand for fl exible material supply. Containers of diff erent sizes must be able to be transported at the same time to ensure that materials are available on demand. ORGATEX® off ers you the optimum aids for this: fl oor rollers, shelf wagons, taxi wagons and adapter pallets.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T Dollies Dollies, 400 x 400 mm Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Dollies, 800 x 600 mm Dollies, 800 x 1200 mm Pallet dollies Pallet dolly, 600 x 800 mm Pallet dolly, 800 x 1200 mm Pallet dolly accessories Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm Taxi wagon for dollies Adapter pallet for dollies Lid Lid with integrated belt system Lid, lashing strap Due to their size and flexibility, ORGATEX® dollies made Our shelf wagon suitable for tugger trains has a frame of galvanised steel can be used in a much more with perforations, which makes it possible to allows the space-saving manner than pallets and can also be shelves to be adjusted or removed as required. Our taxi replaced more quickly. They are available in various wagon is particularly useful for longer distances. Thanks sizes, with different types of castors, both with and to it, no further aids such as forklift trucks or pallet without a drawbar and also as pallet dollies – depen- trucks are required for handling between the logistics ding on your requirements. Our portfolio is rounded train and the assembly site. off by the adapter pallet, which has been specially developed for holding, storing and transporting dollies. Discover our solutions and ensure synchronised mate- rial supply, reduced traffic, lower inventories and high supply reliability in your company!
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T INFOGRAPHIC MATERIAL TRANSPORT Containers of different sizes guarantee that the mate- rials to be transported are provided exactly as required Rolling logistics with dollies For transporting and storing dollies Flexible material supply Transport of containers of various sizes Supply with tugger train
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T Dollies Dollies have 2 or 4 swivel castors, are compatible with Euro-sized containers and suitable for tug- ger trains. They are extremely directionally stable. Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet. Adapter pallet For picking up, storing and transporting dollies. Dollies can be stored on the adapter pal- let. Forklift trucks can pick up the adapter pallet crosswise or lengthwise from all 4 sides. Extensive range of accessories Taxi wagon Transport of up to 3 400 x 600 mm dollies at the same time. Self-lo- cking interlock system for additional safety. Low drive-on height – dollies are protected against unintentional rolling out. Suitable for tugger trains. Pallet Dollies Standard normed Euro pallet. Sui- table for tugger trains, the dra- wbar on this dolly is completely retractable – this allows forklift trucks to pick up the pallet floor dolly from 3 sides. Optional las- hing straps for securing the load are already installed in the frame.
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 400 X 400 MM Polyamide castors Polyamide castors - The all-roander made from durable plastic - The all-roander made from durable plastic - Suitable for most industrial purposes - Suitable for most industrial purposes - No tilting in monorail stations - No tilting in monorail stations Rubber castors - Recommended for use in tugger trains - High tracking accuracy - For low-noise rolling Polyurethane castors Polyurethane castors - Convenient transport - Convenient transport - For low-noise rolling - For low-noise rolling - Harder than rubber rollers - Harder than rubber rollers Polyurethane ESD castors - The all-rounder made from durable plastic - Suitable for applications in ESD areas - No tilting in monorail stationsn Non-marking polyamide ESD castors Non-marking polyamide ESD castors - Made from durable plastic - Made from durable plastic - Suitable for applications in ESD areas - Suitable for applications in ESD areas - Leaves no marks on the floor - Leaves no marks on the floor ESD rubber castors - Recommended for use in tugger trains - High tracking accuracy - For low-noise rolling „Clean Wheel“ castors „Clean Wheel“ castors - For use in cleanrooms - For use in cleanrooms - Do not generate abrasion - Do not generate abrasion - No absorption of dirt - No absorption of dirt
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 179 x 405 x 405 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 6 kg - Maximum load: 160 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - With locking corners for smooth container bases - 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors Dollies, 400 x 400 mm 3 - O R O B - T A M 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M U P 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M r e b b u R 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M r e b b u R / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 160 Yes No Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners standard standard standard standard standard standard standard Range of adapters Taxi wagon Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM - Outer dimensions: 600 x 400 x 173 mm (L x W x H) - Inner dimensions: 580 x 380 x 8 mm (L x W x H) - Own weight: 6 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Plastic - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Stackable - NOT suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - 2 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors Dolly, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Range of adapters Taxi wagon Roll width/diameter (mm) Polyurethane castors Polyamide castors Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel MAT-BORO-KU-2 250 Yes No No No Yes 35/100 - standard - - - Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 6.5 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely true to track - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors g n i l d n a H l a i r e t a M / t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load Capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Range of adapters Taxi wagon 1 - O R O B - T A M 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 7 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel castors Dollies 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar 2 - O R O B - T A M 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Range of adapters Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 157 x 404 x 604 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 7.5 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - With locking corners - High manoeuvrability - 4 swivel castors Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Range of adapters Taxi wagon - 5 - O R O B - T A M G N 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No standard standard standard standard standard standard standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD Non Marking ESD Rubber ESD PU - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 7 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely true to track - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors (swivel castors polyamide, fi xed castors rubber) - With drawbar Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar / B 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes standard standard standard standard standard standard Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Range of adapters Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors standard - - - - ESD-PA ESD- Non-Marking - - - - - Rubber castors Clean Wheel standard standard standard standard ESD-Rubber - - - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 612 x 404 x 683 mm (L x W x H) - Own weight: 18 kg - Maximum load: 70 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Extremely true to track - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - Ergonomic transport (raised deck) - 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors - With drawbar Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Range of adapters Taxi wagon C 7 - O R O B - T A M 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 70 No standard standard standard standard standard standard No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors standard - - - - ESD-PA ESD-Non- Marking - - - - - Rubber castors Clean Wheel standard standard standard standard ESD-Rubber - - - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 800 X 600 MM - Dimensions: 158 x 800 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 12 kg - Maximum load: 500 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - High manoeuvrability - 5 swivel castors Dollies, 800 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C - L 5 500 Yes No Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Range of adapters Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - standard - - - - - - - - ESD- Non-Marking ESD-Rubber - - - - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 495 x 800 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 12 kg - Maximum load: 500 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-size containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely true to track - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) - Ergonomic transport - 3 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors - With drawbar Dollies, 800 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Range of adapters Taxi wagon / 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M U P 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 500 Yes standard standard standard standard standard standard standard Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard - - - - ESD-Non- Marking - - - ESD-PA Rubber castors standard standard standard ESD- Rubber ESD- Rubber ESD- Rubber - - - Clean Wheel - - - - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T DOLLIES 800 X 1200 MM Dolly, 800 x 1200 mm MAT-BORO-1200x800-DC Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar 1000 Yes No Locking corners standard Range of adapters Taxi wagon No No Roll width/diameter (mm) 40/200 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - Dimensions: 318 x 840 x 1240 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 29 kg - Maximum load: 1000 kg - Roller diameter: 200 mm - External dimensions: 1240 x 840 x 318 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel castors (optionally with 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors) Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 502 x 800 x 1212 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 19 kg - Maximum load: 300 kg - Roller diameter: 100 mm - Material: Steel - Stackable - Castors for diff erent applications - ESD version available - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors Dollies, 800 x 1200 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M U P - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C - A 300 Yes standard standard standard standard standard standard standard Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Range of adapters Taxi wagon Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - standard Polyamide castors standard - - - - ESD-Non- Marking - - ESD PU - Rubber castors standard standard standard ESD- Rubber ESD- Rubber ESD- Rubber - - - Clean Wheel - - - - - - standard Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T PALLET DOLLY 600 X 800 MM - Polyurethane castors: 160 mm - Swivel castors with brakes - Load capacity: maximum 1000 kg - Lashing system: 1 strap (optional) - Surface galvanised - Loading from 3 sides possible due to retractable drawbar - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) Pallet-Dolly, 600 x 800 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Version Width (mm) Length MAT-BORO-800x600 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck MAT-BORO-800x600-1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open 600 600 MAT-BORO-800x600V 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck (lashing system: 1 belt) 600 MAT-BORO-800x600V1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open (lashing system: 1 belt) 600 (mm) 800 800 800 800 Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T PALLET-DOLLY 800 X 1200 MM - Polyurethane castors: 160 mm - Swivel castors with brakes - Load capacity: maximum 1000 kg - Lashing system: 2 straps (optional) - Surface galvanised - Loading from 3 sides possible due to retractable drawbar - Suitable for tugger trains (drawbar depending on model) Pallet Dolly, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Version Width (mm) Length MAT-BORO-1200x800 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck MAT-BORO-1200x800-1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open 800 800 MAT-BORO-1200x800V 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck (lashing system: 2 belts) 800 MAT-BORO-1200x800V1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open (lashing system: 2 belts) 800 (mm) 1200 1200 1200 1200 Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T ACCESSORIES Produced by: Produced by: Produced by: Push bar for dollies Order no. MAT-STANGE The ergonomically designed push bar is the ideal aid, especially for dollies with a low loading height. It is easy to attach and can be used immediately as a pushing or pulling aid. Can be used for all K.Hartwall Dolly types. Oil pan for dolly, galvanised, anodised Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB001 for dolly, 400 x 600 mm MAT-BORO-ZB002 for dolly, 800 x 600 mm Drip-tight and impact-resistant oil pan made of anodised steel. Oil pan for dolly, plastic Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB004 for dolly, 400 x 600 mm Drip-tight oil pan made of deep-drawn plastic. Wooden lid for dolly Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB003 for dolly, 800 x 600 mm Wooden top deck for transporting non-form-fit containers. Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T Produced by: Drawbar for taxi wagons Order no. MAT-SD - Depending on tractor type - Maximum towing weight: 6 tonnes (drawbar), 2 tonnes (pivot) - Sturdy, welded steel construction - Development under consideration of ergonomic aspects - Quick and easy foot operation - High-quality design with gas pressure cylinder - Suitable for the most common tractor types - Compatible with all dolly types, shelf wagon and the MAT-TAXI002 taxi wagon model
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T SHELF WAGON 800 X 1200 MM - Total load capacity: 450 kg - Levels adjustable at a distance of 50 mm - Load volume: 4 x KLT 400 x 600 mm per level - 2 swivel and 2 fi xed castors - 160 mm polyurethane castors - Standard equipment: 3 shelves and base plate - With cover, route train capable - Internal dimensions (L x W x H): 1200 x 800 x 1367 mm - External dimensions (L x W x H): 1260 x 808 x 1675 mm Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Designation Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-RW12X8-001 2/2 (polyurethane) Shelf wagon 808 MAT-RW-ZB001 - Cover for shelf wagon – 1260 – Produced by: Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T - Dimensions: 1810 x 820 x 1220 mm (H x W x L) - Own weight: 65 kg - Maximum load: 1000 kg - Roller diameter: 200 mm - Material: hard-wearing plastic - 4 levels - Levels at a distance of 365 mm - 2 swivel castors/2 fi xed castors with rear brake Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Designation Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-1200x800-EB 2/2 (Polyamid) Shelf wagon 820 1220 Produced by: Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T TAXI WAGON FOR DOLLIES - Transport of dollies over long distances - Loading and unloading on both sides - Maximum load: 750 kg - Extremely low loading height - Operation of the drive-on ramps by hand lever (interlock system) Taxi wagon for dollies Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Version Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-TAXI001 4/- (polyurethane) for 3 Dollies, 400 mm MAT-TAXI002 2/2 (polyurethane) for 3 Dollies, 400 mm MAT-TAXI003 4/- (polyurethane) for 4 Dollies, 400 mm 726 726 726 2480 2287 3161 Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T ADAPTER PALLET FOR DOLLIES Adapter range for: - Material: Steel - 6 Dollies each 400 x 400 mm - Own weight: 39 kg - 4 Dollies each 400 x 600 mm - Load capacity: 1000 kg - 2 Dollies each 800 x 600 mm - Galvanised - 2 Dollies à 400 x 600 mm - Suitable for lorry transport - 1 Dolly à 800 x 600 mmm - Storage in heavy-duty racking possible - Stackable loaded and unloaded - Increased stability - Low weight - Savings on transport costs Adapter pallet for Dollies Order no. Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-ADAP-5 800 1200 Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATE RIAL TR ANSPOR T LIDS WITH INTEGRATED BELT SYSTEM - Material: Polypropylene - Own weight: 8 kg - Version with 6 handles - Maximum load capacity: 2000 kg - With integrated belt system suitable for plastic, wooden and adapter pallets - Also available as an ESD version Lids with integrated belt system Order no. MAT-PD1 Designation Version Pallet lid with integrated belt for plastic and wooden pallets MAT-PD1-ESD ESD pallet support lid with integrated strap for plastic and wooden pallets MAT-PD2 Pallet support lid with integrated belt for adapter pallets MAT-PD2-ESD ESD pallet support lid with integrated strap for adapter pallets Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL TR ANSPORT LID, LASHING STRAP - Material: Polypropylene - Own weight: 1 kg - Version with 4 strapping grooves - Maximum load capacity: 1000 kg Lid, Lashing strap Order no. Designation MAT-ADAP-ZB002 Pallet support lid MAT-ADAP-ZB001 Lashing strap Availability: On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. Produced by:
MATERIAL SUPPLY MA TERIAL SUP PLYPLYPLY Given the wide range of variants in today‘s productions, a reliable supply of materials is essential. Modern production companies rely on station sys- tems, also known as supermarkets. These systems are based on the „fi rst in – fi rst out“ principle, FiFo for short, which prevents damage caused by excessive storage and ensures easy traceability in the event of material errors or malfunctions.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY FiFo-Monorail FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm – 5S FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm – 5S FiFo-Monorail, individual Monomover 2.0 OX-Station FiFo-Monorail Signage 5S Accessories FiFo-Monorail Accessories FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm Accessories FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm Accessories FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm and 55 mm FiFo-station system for all roll widths FiFo-station system Flatrail for commission areas Parking slot, aluminium Parking slot, aluminium, combination options Parking slot, plastic Crate lifter KLT-Lifter Workstation systems Workstation systems, static Workstation systems, height-adjustable NEW! Individual foam inserts Station systems work in a similar way to a flow rack: We offer parking bays with the highest possible flexi- because fill levels are immediately visible, the goods bility as well as systems for permanent installation, can be replenished and made available with pinpoint each suitable for different roller widths. In addition, our accuracy and the required quantity can be pre-picked. portfolio includes aluminium or plastic parking bays The individual lanes of the station are labelled and that prevent dollies from rolling away: this allows ensure that different products are clearly separated, products to be positioned precisely and, for example, eliminating the risk of mix-ups when picking. The system made available at the workplace in a space-saving therefore ensures an optimised material flow with manner. increased efficiency, reduced stock levels and mini- mised space requirements. ORGATEX® offers you both Rely on precise rolling material supply as part of modern monorail rail systems with a wide range of options for logistics in your company – we have the right solutions your individual material supply requirements. for you.
MATERIAL SUPPLY INFOGRAPHIC MATERIAL SUPPLY Labelling for clear allocation of rollable units FiFo - „First in - First out“ principle Provision of materials on dollies Rail system for roller widths up to 40 mm or 55 mm For different roll widths Ergonomic workplace For tidiness and cleanliness
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking bay Prevents dollies from rolling away. Dollies are positioned precisely and save space at the workplace. Available in 2 heights and different widths. Easy to attach (self-adhesive). Customised specific solutions Extensive range of accessories FiFo monorail rail system KLT-Lifter Running rails measuring 40 mm and 55 Used for lifting and lowering small mm for different roller widths of the load carriers (SLCs) or similar dollies. Flexible lengths and widths mean containers to an ergonomic working that the system can be extended as height. required, even after installation. The standardised labelling of station systems ensures clear allocation of rollable units.
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM – 5S Consists of: - 5 FiFo monorail tracks - 10 FiFo monorail end caps - 20 grub screws - 8 FiFo monorail connecting plates - 32 Sleeve nuts Rail system for roll widths up to 40 mm. - Clear allocation of the material - Easy insertion of the dollies - Quick assembly - Extendable in length and width FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm – 5S Order no. Version MONO-5S-1200 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5S-1800 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5S-2400 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm MONO-5SVB8-1200 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5SVB8-1800 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5SVB8-2400 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm Track width (mm) 400 400 400 800 800 800 Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL 55 MM – 5S Consists of: - 5 FiFo monorail tracks - 10 FiFo monorail end caps - 20 grub screws - 8 FiFo monorail connecting plates - 32 Sleeve nuts Rail system for roll widths up to 55 mm. - Clear allocation of the material - Easy insertion of the dollies - Quick assembly - Extendable in length and width FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm – 5S Order no. Version MONO-5S-1200-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 1200 mm MONO-5S-1800-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 1800 mm MONO-5S-2400-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 2400 mm MONO-5SVB8-1200-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 1200 mm MONO-5SVB8-1800-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 1800 mm MONO-5SVB8-2400-55 FiFo-Monorail-pcs.tion , 2400 mm Track width (mm) 400 400 400 800 800 800 Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL INDIVIDUAL Rail system for customised roller widths. The dollies can be guided on one or both sides at the outer edges. Must be installed in the floor. - Clear allocation of the material - Easy insertion of the dollies - Quick assembly - Extendable in length and width FiFo-Monorail, individual Order no. Designation Version Consisting of MONO-SP-1200-V Monorail fl ank 1200 mm MONO-SP-1800-V Monorail fl ank 1800 mm MONO-SP-2400-V Monorail fl ank 2400 mm 2 fl anks, 4 fi xing brackets, incl. fi xing material 2 fl anks, 4 fi xing brackets, incl. fi xing material 2 fl anks, 6 fi xing brackets, incl. fi xing material Pack 2 fl anks 2 fl anks 2 fl anks MONO-SP-EK-V End cap set MONO-HB-SET Mounting bracket - - 2 left and 2 right end caps, incl. fi xing material 2 left, 2 right 2 mounting brackets, incl. mounting material 2 pieces Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY MONOMOVER 2.0 More efficiency for your FiFo station: Recognise goods removal and allow replenishment to advance The modular design of the feed unit allows any number of dollies to be conveyed simultaneously. This allows the system to grow dynamically with your requirements. The integrated bristle belts transport individual dollies independently from A to B. The length of the track is unlimited and is also compatible with existing IoT ecosystems. Thanks to its compact design, the Monomover also ensures an automatic and seamless flow of goods. Rely on a secure system with an intelligent core – and save time and money! - Light barriers at the module ends - Bristle belt from synthetic leather - Lift can be integrated - Unlimited track length Monomover 2.0 Order no. Designation EOX-MONOMOVER Feed unit for dolly Availability On request Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
MATERIAL SUPPLY OX-STATION How to configure your FiFo tracks digitally A FiFo railway station with a digital extension – that is the OX status the lane is currently in! This means you always know station! Digitally link up to 120 tracks to a central calculation whether dollies can already be removed or should remain unit that is connected directly to the station. You can configure in the station. the individual tracks as required via the so-called OX gateway and assign different track groups, for example. Sensors directly - Classic FiFo station, digitally enhanced on the tracks then automatically recognise when dollies are - Up to 120 tracks can be linked together pushed into a track or pulled out of a track. Practical: The sensor - Sensors register dollies when retracting and extending technology corresponds to the signalling lights above the - High level of safety: system operates with 24 V DC station. Red or green? The colour tells your employees which (direct current) OX-Station Order no. Designation EOX-STATION Digital railway station Availability On request
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL LABELLING 5S Standardised labelling for station systems ensures clear allocation of rollable units. Incorrect loading can be ruled out and loading and unloading is significantly simplified. FiFo-Monorail, Labelling 5S Order no. + colour code Designation MONO-SB5S MONO-SB5SVB8 Labelling, track width 400 mm incl. fastening material Labelling, track width 800 mm incl. fastening material PKR-A4-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 Hanging sign, DIN A4 (optionally available) Pack 1 piece 1 piece 5 pieces Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY ACCESSORIES FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM FiFo-Monorail end caps, 40 mm Order no. MONO-EK Pack 10 pcs. The V-shaped base element allows easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates enable connection to the 40 mm monorail track system. FiFo-Monorail end caps HD, 40 mm Order no. MONO-EK-HD-40 The V-shaped, extremely robust base element allows easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates enable connection to the 40 mm monorail track system. Incl. mounting material. FiFo-Monorail end caps, 40 mm splayed Order no. MONO-EKGS-V2 The splayed retraction element is used on the loading side and makes it easier to fill the monorail station, especially with large/convoluted load carriers. With integrated collision protection, suitable for a roll width of up to 40 mm. Incl. 2 screw connectors with 8 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail tracks, 40 mm Order no. Version Pack MONO-BP-1200 40 x 1200 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-1800 40 x 1800 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-2400 40 x 2400 mm 5 pcs. Rail system for single-sided guidance of dollies with a roller width of up to 40 mm. The 8 mm grooves on both sides are used for additional mounting of signage and enable integra- tion into existing workstation systems, for example. Alumi- nium profile with anodised surface. Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
MATERIAL SUPPLY ACCESSORIES FIFO-MONORAIL 55 MM FiFo-Monorail end caps, 55 mm Order no. MONO-BP-55-EK Pack 10 pcs. The V-shaped base element allows easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates enable connection to the 55 mm monorail rail system. FiFo-Monorail end caps HD, 55 mm Order no. MONO-EK-HD-55 The V-shaped, extremely robust base element allows easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates enable connection to the 55 mm monorail track system. Incl. mounting material. FiFo-Monorail end caps, 55 mm, splayed Order no. MONO-BP-55-EKGS-V2 The spread infeed element is used on the loading side and makes it easier to fill the monorail station, especially with large/cluttered load carriers. With integrated collision protection, suitable for a roll width of up to 55 mm. Incl. 2 screw connectors with 8 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail rails, 55 mm Order no. Version Pack MONO-BP-55-1200 55 x 1200 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-55-1800 55 x 1800 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-55-2400 55 x 2400 mm 5 pcs. Rail system for single-sided guidance of dollies with a roller width of up to 55 mm. The 8 mm grooves on both sides are used for additional mounting of signage and enable integra- tion into existing workstation systems, for example. Alumi- nium profile with anodised surface. Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY FiFo-Monorail collision protection Order no. MONO-EK-AS Pack 1 set A solid steel bracket protects the end cap from impact. Complete set incl. fixing material. 1 set = collision protection left and right, incl. 2 hammer nuts and 2 half-round bolts. FiFo-Monorail angle Order no. MONO-HB Pack 2 pcs. Mounting bracket for stabilising/screwing long monorail tracks. Complete set incl. fixing anchor. FiFo-Monorail connecting element Order no. MONO-SV-100 Pack 10 pcs. Screw connector for easy extension of monorail tracks in the 8 mm groove system. Incl. 40 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail slot cover, 2000 mm Order no. + colour code Pack MONO-NA-2000- 04 06 88 10 pcs. Groove covers prevent soiling of the side grooves. Precisely fitting, easy to retrofit, available in 3 colours and suitable for cleanrooms. Length: 2000 mm. FiFo-Monorail 40 mm connecting plates Order no. Version MONO-VB-2 MONO-VB-800 400-mm-plate for 40-mm-track 800-mm plate for 40-mm-track Pack 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Connecting plate for coupling individual monorail tracks next to each other. Assembly takes place in the end cap. The modular system means that it does not need to be screwed into the floor. Suitable for monorail, 40 mm. Complete set incl. mounting material. Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
MATERIAL SUPPLY ACCESSORIES FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM AND 55 MM FiFo-Monorail-55 mm-connecting plates Order no. Version MONO-VB- W45D 400-mm-sheet for 55-mm-track MONO-VB-800- W45D 800-mm-sheet for 55-mm-track Pack 2 pcs. 2 pcs. The angled connecting plate on both sides enables the installation of tracks of different lengths. Installation takes place in the monorail track. Suitable for monorail, 40 mm and 55 mm. Complete set incl. mounting material. FiFo-Monorail brake Order no. MONO-BBR-200 The brush brake prevents dollies from rolling out automati- cally, e.g. into driveways/walkways or production areas. Complete set incl. mounting material. LiFo-Monorail stop Order no. MONO-STOP MONO-STOP-55 Version 40 mm 55 mm The monorail stop prevents the dollies from rolling out. Is generally used with the LiFo principle (last in - first out). Incl. 4 grub screws. Monorail-Backstop Order no. MONO-RLS The monorail backstop ensures that the dollies can no longer run back off the rails. Incl. 2 half-round bolts M6x12, 2 hammer nuts M6. Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-STATION SYSTEM FOR ALL CASTOR WIDTHS Due to its flexibility, the system can be used for almost all roller-guided material carriers. - Suitable for all roller diameters and track widths - Simple assembly - Rail colour with signal effect By integrating an aluminium profile into the guide rail, individual applications can be created, e.g. enclosures or information provi- sion, can be easily realised. The height of the permitted number of containers on the staging lanes can be restricted by installing gates.
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-STATION SYSTEM End cap, left and right, self-adhesive Order no. Version FIFO-EK-2L End cap, left FIFO-EK-2R End cap, right FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors Length (mm) 225 225 Pack 10 pc. 10 pc. 20 pcs. - Drive-in aid for dollies - With 3 holes for mounting - Self-adhesive End cap, double, self-adhesive Order no. FIFO-EK-1 FIFO-SCHR-K Execution Length x width (mm) Pack End cap, double 225 x 130 Screw set for caps and connectors 10 pc. 20 pcs. - Drive-in aid for dollies for the integration of 30 x 30 mm profiles - With 6 holes for mounting - Self-adhesive Floor profile Order no. Version Length (mm) FIFO-BP-1200 Floor profile 1200 mm FIFO-BP-1800 Floor profile 1800 mm FIFO-BP-2400 Floor profile 2400 mm FIFO-BP-3000 Floor profile 3000 mm 1200 mm 1800 mm 2400 mm 3000 mm - Other lengths up to a maximum of 3 m available on request Adapter for floor rails Order no. Length (mm) FIFO-ADAPTER 250 Pack 5 pcs. - Simple connection of the floor profile halves using the adapter Profile end caps, left and right Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-PAK-L Profile end cap, left 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-PAK-R Profile end cap, right 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 20 pcs.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY Profile connector Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-PV Profile connector 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors - For additional fixation on long railway tracks 10 pcs. 20 pcs. End cap connector Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-EKV End cap connector 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors 10 pcs. 20 pcs. - Simple connection of the floor profiles to accommodate profiles measuring 45 x 30 mm
MATERIAL SUPPLY FLATRAIL FOR ORDER PICKING AREAS PVC profile with integrated texture for easy guidance of dollies. - Self-adhesive - Robust PVC for heavy-duty use - Signal colour: Yellow - Roller set available for use with flatrail Flatrail for order picking areas Order no. Designation width x height (mm) Pack KN-FLAT-04 KN-FLAT-EK KN-FLAT-ROLLENSET Roll set 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Flatrail, self-adhesive 75 x 4 By the metre Flatrail-End cap, self-adhesive
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY PARKING BAY ALUMINIUM Available in 2 heights and different widths. - Self-adhesive/screwable - Targeted provision of the material - Extremely robust - Simple attachment - Clear allocation - No rolling of the dolly when fi lling or removing material 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 11 mm 11 mm 6 mm Combination high - high Combination high - flat Combination flat - flat
MATERIAL SUPPLY PARKING BAY ALUMINIUM, COMBINATION OPTIONS Parking bay rail, aluminium, high - high Order no. Execution Length (mm) Pack PAB-400 PAB-800 Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high PAB-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high PAB-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high PAB-400-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high PAB-800-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high PAB-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high PAB-2400-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Parking bay rail, aluminium, fl at - high Order no. Execution Length (mm) Pack PAB-FH-400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-800 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-800-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH- 2400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm - Price incl. 2 transition pieces, 1 x left and 1 x right 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Parking bay rail aluminium, fl at - fl at Order no. Execution Length (mm) Pack PAB-F-400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-800 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-800-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-2400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm - Price incl. 4 transition pieces, 2 x left and 2 x right 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking bay service sign, coloured Order no. + colour code width (mm) Roll length (m) PAB-SERVICE- SG BW GW RW SW 50 50 End caps for parking bay, self-adhesive Order no. PAB-EK1 - With 2 perforations for mounting - Can optionally be fixed with impact dowels - 1 set = 4 pieces (for 1 x parking bay) set 4 St Spacer for end caps Order no. Version width Roll diameter Pack PAB-ZW2 Aluminium spacer 20 mm 101 – 150 mm 2 pcs. PAB-ZW3 Aluminium spacer 30 mm 150 – 180 mm 2 pcs. PAB-ZW4 Aluminium spacer 40 mm From 180 mm 2 pcs. - Self-adhesive parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of over 100 mm Price fluctuates greatly. Please contact us for the current price. For Roll diameter up to 100 mm For Roll diameter over 100 mm (with intermediate piece)
MATERIAL SUPPLY PARKING BAY PLASTIC Rollable units should be provided safely and organised in production and logistics. The newly developed KU parking bay is a simple aid for positioning dollies, for example, to save space and prevent them from rolling away on their own without brakes. - Maximum load: 150 kg - Can be used simultaneously for diff erent roller diameters - Can be used immediately due to strong industrial adhesive - Visual warning eff ect due to signal colour - Easy to shorten
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking bay, Plastic Order no. Version Minimum purchase quantity Length x width (mm) PAB-KU-400 Parking bay rail, Plastic, 400 mm 5 pieces per Length 400 x 135 PAB-KU-800 Parking bay rail, Plastic, 800 mm 5 pieces per Length 800 x 135 PAB-KU-1200 Parking bay rail, Plastic, 1200 mm 5 pieces per Length 1200 x 135 PAB-KU-2400 Parking bay rail, Plastic, 2400 mm 5 pieces per Length 2400 x 135 PAB-KU-EK End cap, self-adhesive, for Parking bay KU 5 pair
MATERIAL SUPPLY CRATE LIFTER KLT-LIFTER The electric crate lifter is used for ergonomic positioning of work materials. - Electric geared motor with brake - Powder-coated or galvanised surface - Magnetic control panel with emergency stop switch - Light sensor infi nitely adjustable to working height - Electrically conductive - Ready for connection with Schuko plug - CE labelling
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY Crate lifter KLT-Lifter Technical data (model) KLT-LIFT-2000 KLT-LIFT-2300 KLT-LIFT-3000 KLT-LIFT-3300 Dimensions (without cable) (W x H x D) mm 600 x 1216 x 290 600 x 1516 x 290 700 x 1286 x 290 700 x 1586 x 290 Lifting height (mm) Max. Load capacity (N) Supply Protection class ESD version Availability 95 – 1000 95 – 1300 95 – 1000 95 – 1300 2000 2000 3000 3000 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 Yes Yes Yes Yes On request On request On request On request
MATERIAL SUPPLY WORKPLACE SYSTEMS In today‘s business world, where precision and Another advantage of our assembly workstations is efficiency are crucial to a company‘s success, the their seamless integration into the rest of the optimal design of assembly workstations is of great ORGATEX® product portfolio in the area of visual importance. As time and resources are valuable, we management. By using proven 5S standards, you can have put together a selection of workstations that equip your workstations in such a way that you not not only meet the highest standards of quality and only optimise the production process, but also functionality but can also be integrated into your increase order, cleanliness and efficiency in the production environment with minimal planning workplace. effort. Advantages We offer 2 different profile types, depending on the - Fast availability and low planning eff ort requirements of your working environment. In - Robust and durable product addition, we offer a variety of widths and depths to - Long-term investment security thanks to ensure you can choose the right size for your needs. the modular design of the system Whether you prefer a static workstation version or - Expandable with a comprehensive portfolio need the flexibility of a height-adjustable version, we of intelligent accessories have the right solution for every requirement. - Integration of OEE sensors - Integration of conveyor belts, lifting devices and individual components possible Facts about workplace design Working height depends on body size Working height and body size are directly related to each other Sitting correctly Adjustment of work equipment to ensure an upright and natural posture Standing correctly Variable adjustable workstation to avoid tension and ensure an upright posture. . Reaching and parts provision All materials/tools must be easily accessible and within a range of motion Viewing area and illumination Unnecessary head and eye movements should be avoided. Optimal lighting conditions support you while working.
MATERIAL SUPPLY WORKPLACE SYSTEMS STATIC - Work surface height: 750 mm - Total height of the workstation: 2200 mm - Depth of the cantilever: 520 mm - Foot type: Articulated feet - Table top: melanin resin coated - light grey - Suspension: C-profi le rail, trolley - Light: LED system light, 39.5 W - Socket outlet: Multiple socket outlet - 4 x Schuko socket outlet - 1 x USB Workplace systems, static Order number Width (mm) Depth (mm) Profi le type MASB-1000-600 MASB-1200-600 MASB-1400-600 MASB-1000-700 MASB-1200-700 MASB-1400-700 MASl-1000-600 MASl-1200-600 MASI-1400-600 MASl-1000-700 MASl-1200-700 MASl-1400-700 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 600 600 600 700 700 700 600 600 600 700 700 700 B45 B45 B45 B45 B45 B45 I40 I40 I40 I40 I40 I40 Availability On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY WORKPLACE SYSTEMS HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE - Work surface height: 700 - 1000 mm - Total height of the AP: 2200 - 2500 mm - Depth of the cantilever: 520 mm - Foot type: Articulated feet - Table top: melanin resin coated - light grey - Suspension: C-profi le rail, trolley - Lifting unit: SL 2430 EU 2 - Light: LED system light, 39.5 W - Socket outlet: Multiple socket outlet - 4 x Schuko socket outlet - 1 x USB Workplace systems height-adjustable Item number Width (mm) Depth (mm) Profi le type MASB-V-1000-600 MASB-V-1200-600 MASB-V-1400-600 MASB-V-1000-700 MASB-V-1200-700 MASB-V-1400-700 MASI-V-1000-600 MASI-V-1200-600 MASI-V-1400-600 MASI-V-1000-700 MASI-V-1200-700 MASI-V-1400-700 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 1000 1200 1400 600 600 600 700 700 700 600 600 600 700 700 700 B45 B45 B45 B45 B45 B45 I40 I40 I40 I40 I40 I40 Availability On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request
MATERIAL SUPPLY INDIVIDUAL FOAM INSERTS With a shadow board, you not only optimize order, Orgatex offers individual foam inserts from a but also safety and efficiency in your production quantity of one. We plan your foam insert together facility. Reduce waste, increase employee satisfac- with you and use a configurator that already contains tion and create a working environment that meets over 30,000 tools from more than 20 manufacturers. the highest standards. Shadow boards bring several All tool data recorded meets the highest standards advantages to your organization: of precision and quality. - Effi cient tool organization: Every tool has If your object is not included in the configurator, it its own fi xed place and is always visible can be captured quickly and easily using your own and ready to hand. This makes daily work cell phone. The recorded digital contour is immedia- easier and saves valuable time. tely loaded into the configurator and can be used - Instant visibility: Missing or incorrectly directly for planning. stored tools are immediately visible, preven- ting interruptions in the work process. - Support for 5S principles: A shadow board promotes the “Sort”, “Systematize” and “Clean” standards and contributes to the continuous improvement of your processes. ONLY AVAILABLE IN GERMANY How to get your customized foam insert – in 4 steps 1. recording the requirements We record your items, preferred layout, and material/color choices. 2. Configuration Your individual foam insert is configured on the basis of the data recorded. 3. Release You give us your approval for production. 4. Production and shipping The foam insert is produced and sent to you.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY MATERIAL SUPPLY SAY GOODBYE TO CHAOS AND WASTED TIME! With the Shadow Boards from ORGATEX every tool has its fixed place - for more productivity and less waste! Shadow Boards improve organization & safety, increase efficiency and employee satisfaction. Customized solutions - from one-off custom builds to digital scanning solutions. Invest in a better working environment! Before Afterwards Disorganization, loss of time, Order, efficiency, frustration. safety - everything in its place.
SAFETY SAFETY It doesn‘t take a lot of bad luck for an industrial accident to turn into a cascade of further disasters. Production comes to a standstill, ordered goods cannot be delivered, customers become angry, insist on contract fulfi lment or, in the worst case, terminate the cooperation. It‘s just as well that you can achieve a lot for the well-being of your employees and the safety of your company with a few simple measures. And of course we off er them.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY Anti-slip products Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip Anti-slip-Tape LongLifeGrip Stair nosing profiles Stair nosing profile – Slim Stair nosing profile – Universal Stair nosing profile – Heavy Duty Photoluminescent marking Photoluminescent tapes Safety and Information signs Norms and standards Escape signs Flag and angle signs Fire safety signs and angle signs Information signs NEW! Sticker ASR symbols LongLife floor signs NEW! LongLife floor signs (Rough Ground) Half and quarter circles LongLife crosswalk Customised printing Warning signs LongLife fabric tape ABUS Lockout/Tagout-System Safety-Lock Interlock Safety Redbox Loto-tag NEW! Warning and protection profiles Safety is about the same thing as efficient work You can easily find effective solutions to minimise the processes: awareness. Your employees must always be risk of accidents and injuries in the workplace. aware of possible risks, even in the hustle and bustle of everyday work life and despite focussing on their We have channelled all our experience with a range of tasks. It is also about visual management and you are different companies from the most diverse industries in good hands with us. in order to offer you a wide range of solutions that not only cover practically all hazard areas but have also We have greatly expanded our range in this key area. proven themselves in day-to-day operations. And if From high-strength, durable anti-slip tape that prevents you are missing something – just contact us. We will tripping accidents to safety signs that are clearly visible find a solution. from afar – we offer a wide range of safety products.
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-PRODUCTS On the following pages, you will find the right anti-slip solutions to Our anti-slip tapes have been carefully developed to make help prevent accidents and falls at the workplace and in other slippery surfaces more slip-resistant and ensure the safety areas. Tripping, falling and slipping are among the most common of your employees and customers. Whether it is for high causes of accidents in companies. Floors should therefore be frequencies, rough surfaces or clean rooms, you will find slip-resistant. This is specified in ASR A1.5. Anti-slip tapes are the right products here. They are characterised by reliability, categorised into 5 R classes, with R9 being the lowest and R13 the durability and simple use. Create a non-slip environment highest slip resistance. with our anti-slip tapes and help to reduce accidents and promote the safety of everyone involved. p i r G e f i L g n o L p i r G o r P p i r G o n a N p i r G x e l F p i r G l a s r e v i n U
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY Product Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip Anti-slip-Tape LongLifeGrip Slip class R13 R13 R10 Glue Surface Acrylate Rough Field of application Inside Acrylate Acrylate Rough Inside Fine Inside R13 Acrylate Rough Inside R11 Synthetic rubber Medium Inside/outside Wear-resistant, highly adhesive Properties Application Wide range of co- lours, versatile in use Adaptable Non-abrasive, easy to clean Thick, coarse surface Medium to high load Uneven substrates and chequer plates Hygiene and cleanroom areas High stress, high soiling Rough surfaces in outdoor areas Widths (mm) 50, 75, 100 50, 75 50, 75, 100 50,75,100 50, 75, 100 Number of colours Roll length (m) 15 18 Processing tempe- rature ≥ 12 °C 3 18 8 10 2 18 7 25 ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C Temperature range -15 °C bis +70 °C -23 °C bis +65 °C -20 °C bis +70 °C -15°C bis +70°C -20 °C bis +70 °C Application* Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip Inputs Stairs Ramps Footpaths Rough surfaces Metallic surfaces Public buildings Workshop fl oors Production areas Food and clean rooms Chequer plates Outdoor areas ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ - Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip Anti-slip-Tape LongLifeGrip - - - - - ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ *These are examples and recommendations. Observe the requirements of the ASR. 2 points: good / 3 points: excellent / dash: unsuitable
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE UNIVERSALGRIP UniversalGrip is the perfect solution for anyone looking for effective slip protection. With a wide range of colour options, it adapts effortlessly to any environment and can therefore be used to mark hazardous areas. Thanks to its high slip class R13, the tape offers reliable grip on various surfaces and significantly minimises the risk of tripping. Developed for medium to heavy-duty use, this anti-slip tape is ideal for high-traffic areas such as stairs, ramps, walkways and production areas. Its hard-wearing nature ensures long-lasting performance, even in demanding conditions. - Slip resistance R13 - For medium to high loads - Great variety of colours - Customised widths possible - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors -NLS -NL -PU -04NE -08NE Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip, 18 m Order no. Colour code LGSV50-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG LGSV75-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG LGSV100-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE PROGRIP ProGrip is our anti-slip tape for high-traffic areas that require reliable anti-slip protection. With its robust and coarse surface structure, the tape provides exceptional grip, even under demanding conditions. Whether in heavily frequented produc- tion areas, warehouses or public areas – this tape effortlessly masters high levels of strain and stays in place and it extremely resistant to soiling and wear. Thanks to its slip class R13, our anti-slip tape significantly minimises the risk of falling and ensures the safety of your employees and visitors. - Slip resistance R13 - Ideal for high footfall and a high degree of soiling - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip, 18 m Order no. LGSV50-P LGSV75-P LGSV100-P Colour code -04 -04 -04 -06 -06 -06
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE FLEXGRIP The FlexGrip is the perfect solution for use on uneven and rough surfaces. Due to its adaptable aluminium layer, it adheres perfectly to textured surfaces such as chequer plates and stairs without losing its adhesive strength. With an R13 slip class coating, the tape offers reliable slip resistance that remains intact even under demanding conditions. Whether in industrial plants, warehouses, on construction sites or in other harsh environments – our anti-slip tape offers an effective safety solution that is easy to use and provides long-term protection against accidents. - Slip resistance R13 - Especially for uneven surfaces - Excellent adaptation to chequer plate - Suitable for indoor use Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip, 18 m Order no. Colour code LGSV50-FX LGSV75-FX -04 -04 -06 -06 -SG -SG
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE NANOGRIP NanoGrip was developed specifically for use in cleanrooms and fulfils the highest standards of cleanliness and safety. With its non-abrasive layer, it also offers excellent slip resistance (slip class R10). Due to its extra-thin yet tear-resistant nature, it enables seamless integration into the cleanroom environment. The anti-slip tape is extremely easy to clean, which maintains the cleanliness and hygienic standard of the cleanroom. With this anti-slip tape, you can create a safe working environment and significantly reduce the risk of falls and accidents in your cleanroom. - For hygiene, food and cleanroom areas - Easy to clean, extra thin and tear-resistant - Slip resistance R10 - Wide range of colours and individually printable - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip, 10 m Order no. Colour code LGSV50-N LGSV75-N LGSV100-N -01 -01 -01 -02 -02 -02 -04 -05 -07 -NL -RW -SG -04 -05 -07 -NL -RW -SG -04 -05 -07 -NL -RW -SG
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE GRIP Durable floor marking Save yourself the effort of marking floors with real paint! With the LongLife-Grip with anti-slip effect, you can create hard-wearing floor markings easily and quickly. The non-slip and retroreflective surface is suitable for indoor and outdoor areas. The extra-strong floor marking tape also adheres to surfaces such as concrete, tiles and asphalt. Due to its permanent adhesion, it can also be driven on, making it a safe solution for use in your storage area. Mark cleverly and immediately! - Suitable for smooth and textured fl oors - For indoor and outdoor areas - Hardwearing and self-adhesive - Non-slip and retrorefl ective - Can be used outdoors with LongLife Primer - Wear resistant - Suitable for various surfaces - Immediately accessible LongLife Floor Marking Tape Grip Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape 50 Floor Marking Tape 75 LGGRIP50- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG LGGRIP75- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG Floor Marking Tape 100 LGGRIP100- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 25 25 25
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY STAIR NOSING-PROFILES Our stair nosing profiles increase visibility and consequently also Another advantage of our stair nosing profiles is that they are avai- safety at the edges of steps. Thanks to anti-slip coverings with an lable in different coloured anti-slip coatings. These not only cont- R13 anti-slip coating, slip resistance is also increased. There are 3 ribute to improved visibility and orientation, but also offer the versions available depending on the load and requirements. In option of colour-matching the profiles to the surroundings or production, where things are often hectic, the safety of employees marking certain areas. is of the utmost importance. Our stair nosing profiles with anti-slip coating provide a secure grip on stairs and ensure that slippery The installation of our stair nosing profiles is simple and straight- surfaces no longer pose a risk. forward. They adhere securely to the steps and offer a long-lasting We offer a wide range of stair nosing profiles that have been speci- ally developed for different frequencies. Whether you have light Protect your employees from potential accidents and ensure a safe use in offices or heavy use on factory floors, we have the right working environment in your production and on stairs. solution for your safety needs. profile for your requirements.
SAFETY STAIR NOSING PROFILE SLIM
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY The slim version of the profile combines the advantages of - Slip resistance R13 increased slip resistance with a discreet design. This means - For indoor use that high-profile areas such as the foyer can be equipped. - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with high traffi c The highest slip class R13 also offers safety in various production - Gluing or screwing (drill hole Ø 5mm) areas, even with high footfall. Different coloured surfaces ensure - Aluminium composite guaranteed visibility. You can also choose between 3 lengths - Other colours on request to optimise the safety of your staircase area. An anti-slip tile version is also available. Stair nosing profi le Slim Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim plate Stair nosing slim plate 600 800 1000 600 800 TKPLD600- TKPLD800- TKPLD1000- TKPLD600-V2- TKPLD800-V2- Stair nosing slim plate 1000 TKPLD1000-V2- PU PU PU PU PU PU 06 06 06 06 06 06 SG SG SG SG SG SG PH PH PH PH PH PH NLS2 NLAS NLS2 NLAS NLS2 NLAS – – – NLAS NLAS NLAS 06 SG PU NLS NLS2 NLAS 06 SG PU NLS NLAS Bevelled profi les Slim Plate
SAFETY STAIR NOSING PROFILE UNIVERSAL The universal version of the profile is our all-rounder among stair nosing profiles. The 2.6 mm thick aluminium profile is wear-re- sistant even with high traffic and ensures slip resistance with an R13 slip class coating. The product can be used indoors and outdoors and is fixed in place with screws. Broken steps and worn edges can be easily concealed and damage concealed. Different coloured surfaces ensure guaranteed visibility. You can also choose between 3 lengths to provide optimum protection for your staircase area 25 mm - For indoor and outdoor use - Slip resistance R13 - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with high traffi c - Gluing or screwing (hole diameter: Ø 5.5 mm) - Aluminium - Other colours on request Stair nosing profi le Universal Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Stair nosing universal 600 TKPUN600- Stair nosing universal 800 TKPUN800- PU PU Stair nosing universal 1000 TKPUN1000- PU 06 06 06 SG SG SG NLS NLS NLS 06 SG PU NLS
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY STAIR NOSING PROFILE HEAVY DUTY The heavy-duty version of the profile is extremely wear-resistant and suitable for high frequencies. The 3.8 mm thick GRP profile (glass fibre reinforced special plastic) has a sealed aluminium oxide grain and a R13 slip class coating for high slip resistance. The product can be used indoors and outdoors and is fixed in place with screws or a mounting adhesive. Broken steps and worn edges can be easily covered and damage concealed. With the appropriate accessories, the profiles can also be attached to grating stairs. You can also choose between 3 lengths to provide optimum protection for your staircase area. - Slip resistance R13 - For indoor and outdoor use - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with high traffi c - Gluing or screwing - Glass fi bre reinforced special plastic m m 8 3 , 230 mm m m 0 3 3,8 mm Stair nosing profi le Heavy Duty Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Stair nosing heavy duty Stair nosing heavy duty Stair nosing heavy duty 600 800 1000 Spring clip for the assembly TKPHD600- TKPHD800- TKPHD1000- TKP-FD 06 06 06 SG SG SG 06 SG
SAFETY LUMINESCENT MARKING Guide your employees safely to emer- gency exits and escape routes, even in the dark. Our tapes and cut-to-size sheets are characterised by a hard-wearing and durable material. The products have an extra high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m2 in accordance with DIN 67510 (class C). In addition, imprints such as arrows or signposts provide clear guidance through dark environments. The integrated version combines a coloured signal effect in the light and luminescent effects in the dark. - Luminosity class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Hardwearing - For indoor arease ORGATEX® Safety, luminescent Version Arrow Dot Dot Stair angle Stair angle Dot with arrow Width (mm) 90 50 75 37 47 90 Order no. LGPF-NL LGR-50-P-NL LGR-75-P-NL LG-37-L-NL LG-47-L-NL LGN-90-PP Packaging unit 10 10 10 5 pair 5 pair 20
SAFETY LUMINESCENT TAPES
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY Guide your employees safely to emergency exits and escape routes, even in the dark. Our tapes and blanks are characterised by a durable and long-lasting material. The products have an extra high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m2 in accordance with DIN 67510 (class C). In addition, imprints such as arrows or way markers provide clear guidance through dark environments. The integrated version combines a coloured signal effect in the light and luminescent effects in the dark. - Luminosity class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Hardwearing - For indoor areas Luminescent tapes Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Luminescent tape Luminescent tape Escape route right Escape route right Escape route left Escape route left Directional arrow Directional arrow Light strip, integrated Light strip, integrated 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 Luminescent anti-slip tape UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched NanoGrip, luminescent NanoGrip, luminescent NanoGrip, luminescent 50 75 100 50 75 100 50 75 100 LGNL50 LGNL75 LGNL50-FW-R LGNL75-FW-R LGNL50-FW-L LGNL75-FW-L LGNL50-PF LGNL75-PF LGNL50- LGNL75- LGSV50-UN- LGSV75-UN- LGSV100-UN- LGSV50-UN- LGSV75-UN- LGSV100-UN- LGSV50-N- LGSV75-N- LGSV100-N- 01 01 02 02 04 04 05 05 07 07 08 08 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 18 18 NLS 18 NLS 18 NLS 18 10 10 10 NL NL NL NL NL NL Further information on the photoluminescent anti-slip tapes can be found on the corresponding product pages.
SAFETY SAFETY AND INFORMATION SIGNS Safety and information signs – clear messages for a Our signs are available with a variety of symbols that safe environment. enable clear and universal communication. From warnings and fire safety symbols to safety regulations, Our signs have luminance class C with a luminance of our signs support an effective safety culture in your 200/25 mcd/m2, ensuring that they are clearly visible organisation. even in poor lighting conditions. We offer various formats to ensure you find the right Personalise your signs with specific instructions or other safety and information sign for your requirements. relevant information to create tailor-made solutions We also offer you the option of customised printing. Whether it‘s small signs for offices or large safety signs for your business. for industrial facilities, we have the right solutions for you. 170/24-2100
SAFETY NORMS AND STANDARDS In Germany, company safety standards are based on The use of the current safety labelling in accordance ISO 7010 and ASR A1.3, which has replaced the main with ASR A1.3 and ASR A2.3 complies with the legally parts of the older regulation for safety and health at binding Workplace Ordinance (ArbStättV). If a company work (BGV A8 - Accident Prevention). The BGV itself chooses an alternative solution, a risk assessment must has been invalid since 2012 and only applies in certain first be carried out by the company. This ensures that areas. This change was due to increasing international employees receive at least the same level of health and cooperation between companies. In order to comply safety protection. with global standards, Germany and other European countries have adopted the international safety symbols in accordance with ISO 7010. ISO 7010 ASR A1.3 BGV A8 - International standard defined - Technical rule for work- - Employer‘s Liability Insurance by the European Committee places (safety and health - Adoption of the international protection labelling) Association regulation for safety and health at work standard in Europe and in Germany (DIN EN ISO 7010) - Replacement of the old regulation - Regulation of health protection and according to BGV A8 safety labelling in the workplace - Standardised definition of safety - Adoption of the standards - Currently only valid in some areas labelling, also beyond the borders set out in DIN EN ISO 7010 - The main contents are now of single European states. defined safety markings covered by ASR A1.3 - With this regulation, employers - Security labelling according to fulfil their obligation to label BGV A8 only possible in conjun- workplaces safely. ction with a risk assessment THE MEANING AND COLOURS OF THE SAFETY SIGNS ASR A1.3 specifies the requirements for safety and of escape and rescue plans in accordance with Section health protection labelling in workplaces. According to 4 Paragraph 4 of the Workplace Ordinance. DIN 4844-1 Section 3a of the Workplace Ordinance in conjunction also specifies the detection distances and colour with Section 1.3 of the appendix, safety and health requirements. The RAL colours are determined by DIN protection labels must be used if the risks to safety and 5381 “identifying colours”. There is also ISO 3864 health cannot otherwise be avoided or cannot be suffi- “Graphic symbols – safety colours and safety symbols”, ciently minimized. The ASR A1.3 also specifies the design which records pictograms, colours and their design.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY Type Format Safety colour Contrasting colour Colour of pictograph Meaning according Information Example Fire equipment sign Emergency sign Mandatory sign Prohibition sign Warning sign RAL 3001 Signal red RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 6032 Signal green RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 5005 Signal blue RAL 3001 Signal red RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 1003 Signal yellow RAL 9004 Signal black RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 9003 Signal white RAL 9004 Signal black RAL 9004 Signal black to ASR A1.3 Fire alarm and fire extinguishing equipment Equipment and location Help, rescue, safety Mandate Prohibition, danger Doors, notices, paths, rooms Special behaviour or activity Dangerous behaviour, stop, evacuation Warning of risks or danger Caution, danger, inspection Viewing distance of safety signs Diameter max. viewing distance (mm) 50 100 200 300 400 600 (m) 2 4 8 12 16 24 Side length (mm) 50 100 200 300 400 600 max. viewing distance (m) 1 3 6 9 12 19 Size (B x H) (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150, 300 x 150 200 x 200, 400 x 200 300 x 300, 600 x 300 Max. viewing distance (m) 10 15 20 30 Rescue and fire safety signs must be made of lumine- Depending on these values, the classification into scent material if there is insufficient safety lighting. classes A to C in accordance with DIN 67510-1, with According to ASR A1.3 point 3.17, a photoluminescent class C representing the highest value takes place. safety sign is a safety sign that is energised by light and Luminescent safety signs must at least fulfil the requi- remains illuminated after the general lighting has failed rements of DIN 67510-1, Class C. As this is merely a without any further energy supply. Luminescent signs guideline, the symbols with reduced luminance (old are subject to DIN 67510, which specifies the minimum standard) can continue to be used. In this case, however, luminance of the material. The luminance specifies the a risk assessment must be carried out to ensure that level of illuminance that the safety sign reflects after the requirements are met. It is advisable to switch to the light source has been removed and is given in milli- luminance class C labelling in order to comply with the candela per square metre (mcd/m2). The minimum ASR without any problems and to act with legal certainty values are determined after 2, 10, 30 and 60 minutes in terms of the presumption of conformity. after the end of the excitation period in the standard. Luminosity class Field of application Luminance 10 min/60 min ORGATEX®- Product A B C D Very well-lit rooms with permanent lighting and/or daylight, 23/3 mcd/m² e.g. offices with windows Rooms with bright continuous lighting during operating 50/7 mcd/m² hours: Hazardous areas can be easily recognised in these work areas. Rooms with subdued or only intermittent lighting. 140/20 mcd/m² 200/25 mcd/m² All buildings/rooms subject to ASR A3.4/3: Hospitals, airports, large department stores, hotels, power stations, event venues, factories and warehouses, corridors. For areas with unfavourable lighting situations and special 260/35 mcd/m² safety requirements. Special solutions in accordance with ASR for ships, tunnels, etc. For internal claims of the client.
SAFETY EMERGENCY SIGNS Guide your employees safely to emergency exits and escape - Luminosity class C routes. Our signs are characterised by a hard-wearing and - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² durable material. The products have an extra high luminance - Large number of symbols of 200/25 mcd/m2 in accordance with DIN 67510 (class C). - Different formats Customised products can be produced according to your - Durable plastic wishes. Angled and flag signs ensure the necessary visibility - Customised printing even in elongated rooms. RT-SCHILD-400- 140 x 400 mm Ausgang Notausgang Notausstieg Notleiter 1-NL 2-NL 3-NL 4-NL RT-SCHILD-300- 150 x 300 mm 170/24-2100 5-NL 6-NL 7-NL 8-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL RT-SCHILD-200- 200 x 200 mm 170/24-2100 13-NL 14-NL 15-NL 16-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 17-NL 18-NL 19-NL 20-NL
BACK TO THE SUMMARY Accessories for assembly Double-sided foam tape For mounting and installation Order no. PE-SCHAUM 331
SAFETY FLAG AND ANGLE SIGNS Angle and flag signs provide the necessary visibility - Luminosity class C even in long rooms. Using the flag signs, you can - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² combine the blank sign with our luminescent films. - Large number of symbols This allows you to determine the position of the sign - Diff erent formats on the wall. - Durable plastic - Customised printing RTF-SCHILD-300- 150 x 300 mm 170/24-2100 5-NLF 6-NLF 7-NLF 8-NLF 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 9-NLF 10-NLF 11-NLF 12-NLF RTW-SCHILD-200- 200 x 200mm 15-NL 16-NL 17-NL 18-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 19-NL 20-NL
BACK TO THE SUMMARY Accessories for assembly Double-sided foam tape For mounting and installation Order no. PE-SCHAUM 333
SAFETY FIRE SAFETY SIGNS AND ANGLE SIGNS Guide your employees safely to emergency exits - Luminosity class C and escape routes. Our signs are characterised by a - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² hard-wearing and durable material. The products - Large number of symbols have an extra high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m2 in - Diff erent formats accordance with DIN 67510 (class C). Customised - Durable plastic products can be produced according to your wishes. - Customised printing Angle and flag signs provide the necessary visibility even in long rooms. BS-SCHILD-297- 105 x 297 mm 1-NL 2-NL 3-NL 4-NL 5-NL BS-SCHILD-200- 200 x 200 mm 7-NL 8-NL 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL BSW-SCHILD-200- 200x 200 mm 7-NL 8-NL 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL
BACK TO THE SUMMARY Accessories for assembly Double-sided foam tape For mounting and installation Order no. PE-SCHAUM 335
SAFETY INFORMATION SIGNS Prevent your employees from being put at risk by - Large number of symbols using information signs. Clear instructions ensure - Different formats correct behaviour in the production environment. - Durable plastic Our signs are characterised by a hard-wearing - Customised printing and durable material. Customised designs can be produced according to your wishes. HW-SCHILD-300- 200 x 300 mm 1 6 8 2 7 9 3 4 -5 10 11
BACK TO THE SUMMARY Accessories for assembly Double-sided foam tape For mounting and installation Order no. PE-SCHAUM 337
SAFET Y STICKER ASR SYMBOLS The LG sign stickers clearly mark danger points, - Labeling of machines and systems increase occupational safety and help to reliably - Access and entry restrictions comply with legal requirements such as ASR, the - Safety zones in storage and logistics areas Occupational Health and Safety Act and DGUV. - Wear-resistant and durable With a large selection of standard motifs and - Self-adhesive individual design options, they help to prevent accidents, reduce downtime and create a safe working environment. LG-SCHILD-200- 200 mm 2-F 8-F 17-F Prohibited for pedestrians No smoking No access for unauthorised persons 18-F No parking or storage 40-F Do not enter this area 4-F For pedestrians 5-F Use foot protection 6-F Use eye protection 7-F Use head protection 13-F Wear hearing protection 12-F Wear a high visibility vest 87-F 3-F 15-F 59-F Wear protective Warning of Warning slip Warning falling gloves industrial trucks hazard hazard WARNING AND MANDATORY SIGNS COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASR A1.3. FURTHER MOTIFS ON REQUEST!
BACK TO THE SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL PRINTING YOUR CUSTOM TEXT AND ICON Information we need from you: File or graphic of the sticker (AI, CDR, EPS, JPEG) Color defi nition or RAL tone Size of the sticker Material (e.g. foil, plastic, aluminum) Purchase quantity *0-0./*( / 3/§ $"#1*'/" § )" -/*'$! §
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR SIGNS 600 MM 3-layer structure (back-printed): Multi-coloured LongLife floor markings consist of a transparent film that is backprinted on the reverse side and coated with a special adhesive. This means that the coloured printed image is located between the film and the adhesive and is protected from wear and tear.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR SIGNS ORDER NUMBER (LG-SCHILD...) The self-adhesive floor signs made of robust PVC and eye-catching warning symbols ensure greater safety in danger zones. Easy to apply, resistant and ideal for efficient marking in your company. - Made from PVC - Full-surface adhesive backing - Increasing occupational safety - Simple attachment - Excellent adhesion - High slip resistance - Self-adhesive - Trafficable - High warning and information effect - Further symbols on request Glue Substrate LONGLIFE FLOOR SIGNS ROUGH GROUND ORDER NUMBER (LGRG-SCHILD...) Rough Ground floor signs have been specially developed for demanding industrial environments. Whether concrete, asphalt or other uneven surfaces - our Rough Ground floor signs offer a reliable and durable solution for identification and safety. - Suitable for textured and smooth floors - Ideal for indoor areas - MMA coatings, anti-slip floors, tiles and concrete paving - High adhesive strength on rough surfaces - Quick and easy to apply - Wear-resistant and durable - High slip resistance - Self-adhesive - Trafficable - High warning and information effect - Further symbols on request WARNING AND MANDATORY SIGNS COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASR A1.3. Glue Substrate
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR SIGNS 600 MM 600 mm Prohibited for industrial trucks Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-1 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-1 Prohibited for pedestrians Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-2 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-2 No smoking Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-8 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-8 Schritt fahren Step speed No access for No stopping Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-14 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-14 unauthorised persons Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-17 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-17 Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-16 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-16 Prohibition of entry Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-11 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-11 Stop and give way! Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-9 Use foot protection Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-5 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-9 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-5 Use eye protection Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-6 Use head protection Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-7 For pedestrians Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-4 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-6 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-7 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-4
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY 600 mm Direction indicator Wear a high visibility Wear hearing (arrow) Order-No.: vest Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-10 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-10 LG-SCHILD-600-12 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-12 protection Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-13 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-13 Warning of Warning industrial trucks danger of slipping Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-3 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-3 Order-No.: LG-SCHILD-600-15 Order-No.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-15 At orgatex.com you will find all ASR A1.3 (DIN EN ISO 7010) mandatory and prohibition signs you need for standard-compliant labelling in your company.
SAFETY HALF AND QUARTER CIRCLES 900 MM 900 x 450mm Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-1 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-2 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-3 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-4 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-7 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-8 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-9 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-10 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-11 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-6
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY 900 x 900 mm Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-1 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-2 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-3 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-4 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-5 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-6 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-7 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-8 At orgatex.com you will find all ASR A1.3 (DIN EN ISO 7010) mandatory and prohibition signs you need for standard-compliant labelling in your company.
SAFETY LONGLIFE CROSSWALK Our high-quality, self-adhesive zebra crossing has been specially developed for industrial use. With its outstanding quality and exceptional durability, it offers a reliable solution for safe pedestrian crossings in demanding environments. Trust in a product that meets the highest standards and significantly improves safety in your work environment. - High warning and information eff ect - High durability - Suitable for smooth, gap-free fl oors indoors - Flexible design due to individual strips LongLife crosswalk Item number Format (mm) + Colour code Number of strips LGZS120- 200 x 1200 LGZS150- 300 x 1500 LGZS120- 200 x 1200 LGZS150- 300 x 1500 04 04 02 02 1 1 1 1 Installation suggestion: 5 strips are sufficient for a complete zebra crossing. Please note the width of your aisle.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY INDIVIDUAL PRINTING ! YOUR DESIRED TEXT AND PICTOGRAM Information we need: File or graphic of the sign (AI, CDR, EPS, JPEG) Colour defi nition or RAL tone Size of the sign Material (e.g. foil, plastic, aluminium) Purchase quantity ORGATEX® process: 01 Enquiry 04 Order 02 Off er 03 Layout release 05 Production 06 Delivery Please contact our service team. E-Mail: sales@orgatex.de Phone: +49 2173 1064-0
SAFETY WARNING MARKINGS Make it easier for your employees to find their way Red and white markings, on the other hand, are recom- around the workplace and prevent contact with areas mended for temporary or movable obstacles and of danger. ASR A1.3 requires clear and permanent danger areas, such as crane hooks, construction pits, markings to be used to identify obstacles and danger ladders, etc. areas. The markings should be either yellow and black or red and white and selected according to the size of What does the directional indication „left“ or „right“ the obstacles or danger points. actually mean? Markings that point to the left or right are used to guide the observer past the obstacle or Applications for yellow and black markings are places hazard on the left or right. where there is a risk of collision, entrapment, falling, slipping, tripping or falling loads.
SAFETY LONGLIFE FABRIC TAPE t f e l g n i t a c d n i i t h g i r g n i t a c d n i i Unlimited application possibilities! The LongLife fabric tape is a PE-coated, dense, fine-threaded and waterproof synthetic silk fabric with a highly adhesive, shear-resistant natural rubber adhesive with very good durability. It is ideal for connecting, fastening, bundling, repairing and sealing. It is also available in a wide range of colours and is perfect for industrial identification and as a quick, eye-catching way of marking danger spots. It can be used both indoors and outdoors. - Very good durability - For indoor and outdoor areas - Resistance to abrasion, decomposition and moisture - Firm texture - Dense, fi ne-threaded and water-proof synthetic silk fabric tape
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY LongLife Fabric tape dots Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Points Dots 30 LGGW30-P- 01 02 – 04 05 06 07 88 4000 LongLife Fabric tape Version Width (mm) Order no. Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape 50 LGGW50- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR Floor Marking Tape 75 LGGW75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR Floor Marking Tape 100 LGGW100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR 50 50 50 LongLife Floor Marking Tape Version Width (mm) Order no. Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape 50 Floor Marking Tape 75 Floor Marking Tape 100 LG50- LG75- LG100- SG SG SG LongLife Floor Marking Tape Low Duty - Version Width (mm) Order no. Colour code Floor Marking Tape 50 Floor Marking Tape 75 LGLD50- LGLD75- SG SG - - LongLife Floor Marking Tape Grip Version Width (mm) Order no. Colour code Floor Marking Tape 50 Floor Marking Tape 75 LGGRIP50- LGGRIP75- Floor Marking Tape 100 LGGRIP100- SG SG SG - - - BW GW RW SW BW GW RW SW - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 50 50 Roll length/ Pack (m) 3 x 33 2 x 33 Roll length (m) 25 25 25 - - - - - - - RW RW - - - - - - - - - You can find more anti-slip tapes on the corresponding pages.
SAFETY THREE- COMPONENT- LOCKOUT + + Three components are required for each LockOut measure: - Component I: locking mechanism, which may already be installed in modern systems; in this case, no separate LoTo device is required. - Component II: a LoTo lock to block unauthorised access to the locking mechanism or device. - Component III: information tags to identify the LockOut measure, clearly indicating who fitted the measure and when.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY SAFETY-LOCK 74BS The 74BS safety lock improves communication between your employees before and during maintenance work and ensures a high level of transparency in the workflow. This lock contributes significantly to employee safety as it follows the golden rule of “one lock – one key – one operator” and provides a safe environ- ment. It is equipped with a key locking device that only allows the key to be removed when the padlock is fully closed to ensure optimum security. The colour-coded system of the 74BS safety lock helps with efficient organisation and task assignment within teams, thereby minimising confusion. - Insulated, extremely heat-resistant – can also be used in hot and electrical environments - Precision cylinder with six pins for up to 7,000 guaranteed different locking measures - Automatic locking for high user convenience and forced locking for more security – key can only be removed when the lock is locked Safety-lock 74 - 1 key Designation Order-no. + colour code Format (HxWxD) (mm) Version Pack Safety lock LoTo-74KD- 01 04 05 07 08 90 x 40 x 20 different locking 1 piece
SAFETY LOCKING THE MAIN SWITCH Multi-point locks significantly increase the number of locking points, making it possible to fit not only a single padlock, but up to six padlocks at the same time. This means that up to six individuals can secure an energy control point independently, effectively preventing unauthorised restarting. - For up to six padlocks - Multi-point locking for group lockout - Multiplies the number of attachment points for personal safety locks - Ensures safety when more than one attachment point is required LoTo-HV701 LoTo-HV701 LoTo-HV751 LoTo-HV770 Main switch locking pliers Designation Order-no. Format (HxWxD) (mm) Version Locking pliers LoTo-HV701 115 x 45 x 10 steel, fl at head Locking pliers LoTo-HV751 112 x 40 x 10 aluminium, round head Locking pliers LoTo-HV770 177 x 44 x 12 plastic Pack 1 piece 1 piece 1 piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY LOCKING FUSES SAFETY SV203 – The ultimate safety solution for your circuit breakers – fool proof and no tools are required. With the universal locking mechanism, your circuit breaker can be secured in no time at all: simply attach it and tighten the handwheel. The innovative SV203 fuse additionally enables flexible protection both vertically and horizontally due to the integrated multifunctional eyelet. Enjoy the freedom of effortlessly locking several circuit breakers in series by connecting them with a cable lock. Safety meets simplicity – with our locking solution for single and multi-pole circuit breakers. SP600 – Compact, ergonomic, and effective – the SP600 plug lock ensures maximum safety. This smart solution can be quickly attached to any high voltage plug and secured with a padlock to prevent unauthorised access. This way, your equipment remains safely and reliably disconnected from the power supply. Ideal for safe handling of heavy currents. LoTo-SP600 LoTo-SV203 Circuit breaker locking Designation Order-no. Version Pack Locking LoTo-SV203 Universal, max. thickness of circuit breaker rocker: 8 mm 1 piece High voltage plug-in stop LoTo-SP600 16-32A, 3pole-125A, 5pole 1 piece
SAFETY UNIVERSAL LOCKING Turn your sensitive valves, handwheels and access points into untouchable areas with our SafelexTM cable locking system. Choose from different cable lengths – from 1 metre to 2 metres – for customised safety. The robust clamping mechanism guarantees a secure hold and can be easily readjusted. Additional protection is provided with up to six padlocks that reliably keep unauthorised persons out. - Intuitive design for self-explanatory use - Patented clamping mechanism for secure fixing of the cable - Can be retightened at any time - even when locked - Insulated, replaceable metal cable in various lengths - For up to six padlocks LoTo-KV503-1 Universal cable lock Designation Order-no. Format (HxWxD) (mm) Version Cable lock Cable lock LoTo-KV503-1 128 x 61 x 26 1 metre cable length LoTo-KV503-2 128 x 61 x 26 2 metre cable length Pack 1 piece 1 piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY SHUTTING OFF VALVES HRV303 - 307 – Discover our comprehensive range of handwheel locks, designed for all standard valve sizes. The innovative ABUS locking systems surround the handwheel and guarantee maximum security thanks to an additional padlock. The inaccessibility of the valve is marked with a clear signal to prevent unintentional operation. Minimise the risk of misunderstandings and accidents at work – choose ABUS for reliable protection. KVV442 - With the two available sizes of our ABUS ball valve locks made of robust plastic, almost every hand lever is provided for. These devices ensure maximum safety during maintenance work by holding the valve lever securely in the off position. Simply attaching a padlock is enough to reliably block the valve handle – until all maintenance work has been safely completed. LoTo-HRV303 LoTo-KVV442 Handwheel lock, ball valve lock Designation Order-no. Format (LxWxD) (mm) Version Handwheel lock LoTo-HRV303 121 x 80 x 36 1 to 2,5 inches Handwheel lock LoTo-HRV305 185 x 142 x 51 2,5 to 5 inches Handwheel lock LoTo-HRV307 225 x 181 x 61 5 to 6,5 inches Ball valve lock LoTo-KVV442 135 x 104 x 78 1/2 to 8 inches Pack 1 piece 1 piece 1 piece 1 piece
SAFETY SAFETY REDBOX MAINTENANCE PROTECTION DEPOT The Safety Redbox is much more than a standard group lockout box. It offers flexibility and safety, regardless of whether it is used as a mobile unit or mounted on a wall. A fixed reference point for each use ensures clear structures and responsibilities. All neces- sary machine keys are securely stored in the box and are therefore always quickly at hand. Thanks to the integrated quick-release fastener, the box can be attached to or removed from the wall bracket in no time at all – ready for the next use and flexible wherever it is needed. - Low weight and high stability - Ergonomic, space-saving, and foldable handle - Improved light incidence from all sides for a better view - Innovative and secure lid locking mechanism - Patented wall bracket - can also be used for storing the padlocks Safety Redbox Designation Order-no. Format (LxWxD) (mm) Version Pack Safety Redbox LoTo-SR835 240 x 174 x 94 With wall bracket 174 x 40 x 20 1 piece
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFETY LOTO-TAG DISPENSER Increase the safety of your maintenance work with our eye- catching LOTO tag labels. These robust and durable poly- propylene tags are writable and available in two sizes and five languages. Whether it is for warning information or the identification of employees or departments, our LOTO tags are perfect for every need. With a practical, resealable dispenser, your tags will always be organised and close at hand. - Made of indestructible synthetic polypropylene paper - With labelling spaces on the back - Available in five different languages - Resealable box with 9 mm holes for hooks (Dimensions: 144 x 33 x 29 mm) - In accordance with ASR A1.3 labelling guideline article 3.3. and article 5/5.1 paragraph 6, 8, 9 DIN EN ISO 7010 LoTo-TS100 LoTo-TS150 Loto tag Designation Order-no. Format (LxWxD) (mm) Version Pack Loto tag small LoTo-TS100 9 x 76 x 146 Loto tag dispenser small 100 pieces Loto tag large LoTo-TS150 9 x 140 x 32 Loto tag dispenser large 100 pieces
SAFETY WARNING AND PROTECTION PROFILES Warning and protective profiles absorb even the hardest impacts and thus effectively prevent injuries and property damage. This means: Downtime due to injuries and high repair costs is effectively avoided. The eye-catching signal colors enable potential hazards such as sharp edges, protruding objects or obstacles to be identified at an early stage. The protective profiles are temperature-resistant from -40 °C to 100 °C and moisture-resistant, making them suitable for a wide range of indoor and outdoor applications: for example, on internal transport routes, on machines, walls and passageways, on shelves, gates, etc. Their various sha- pes make them suitable for nearly all surface and edge types.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFE T Y EDGE PROTECTION B B+ G O 8 19 40 25 12 50 8 30 19 26 20 10 Clamping range 1-2 mm Edge protection Order-no. Type Length Format Mounting type Color KNT-B10011-SG KNT-B10021-SG B B 1 meter 40 mm, Groove 8 mm to clip on black-yellow 5 meters 40 mm, Groove 8 mm to clip on black-yellow KNT-BP11011-SG B+ 1 meter 50 mm, Groove 12 mm to clip on black-yellow KNT-G10016-SG KNT-G10026-SG KNT-01000-SG G G O 1 meter 26 mm, Groove 8 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 5 meters 26 mm, Groove 8 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter 20 mm, Groove 10 mm to clip on black-yellow AREA PROTECTION C D S F 30 20 20 11 40 50 75 40 Area protection Order-no. Type Length Format Mounting type Color FLS-C10012-SG FLS-D10013-SG FLS-S10009-SG FLS-F10015-SG C D S F 1 meter 40 x 30 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter 50 x 20 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter 75 x 20 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter 40 x 11 mm self-adhesive black-yellow
SAFETY CORNER PROTECTION A A+ E H 25 0 4 35 0 6 7 19 10 35 26 47 H+Flex W H+ 12 48 1 2 5 5 4 5 160° 26 1 7 19 14 60 Corner protection Order-no. Type Length Format Mounting type Color EKS-A10010-SG EKS-A10020-SG EKS-AP11010-SG EKS-E10014-SG EKS-H10017-SG EKS-HP11017-SG A A A+ E H H+ 1 meter ²40 mm, Groove 25 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 5 meters ²40 mm, Groove 25 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter ²60 mm, Groove 35 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter ²26 mm, Groove 19 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter ²47 mm, Groove 35 mm self-adhesive black-yellow 1 meter ²60 mm, Groove 48 mm self-adhesive black-yellow EKS-HP11917-SG H+Flex 1 meter ²55 mm, Groove45 mm self-adhesive black-yellow EKS-W3000-SG W 1 meter ²26 mm, Groove 14 mm self-adhesive black-yellow
BACK TO THE SUMMARY SAFE T Y WALL PROTECTION KIT WPK A+ WPK H+ 3 5 6 0 2 6 1 9 7 6 5 Wall protection kit Order-no. Type Length Format Mounting type Color WPK-AP17720-RW A+ 1 meter 60 x 35 mm to screw on Refl ective red-white WPK-AP15720-SG WPK-HP18717-SG WPK-HP15717-SG A+ H+ H+ 1 meter 60 x 35 mm to screw on black-yellow 1 meter 60 x 48 mm to screw on Refl ective black-yellow 1 meter 60 x 48 mm to screw on black-yellow Protective PU film Core made of polyurethane foam High adhesive layer
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS DIGITAL INTRA LOGIS TICS Of course, you already know that digitalization is the key to an effi cient store fl oor. But do you also know that digitalization is quick and easy with ORGATEX®? Without cables, without a complicated IT infrastructure, but with lots of powerful features for greater effi ciency.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS DISTANCESENSOR MONOMOVER LABEL SPOT STATION ORGATEX CLOUD MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD 3RD PARTY CONNECTIVITY Mobile Shopfloor Board NEW! OX-Label NEW! OX-Button OX-Spot OX-Spot-standard motifs, 40 W and 80 W OX-Station NEW! OX-Monomover 2.0 NEW! ORGATEX Cloud NEW! OX-Kanban sensor NEW! OX-Parking bay sensor Simply integrate. Benefit immediately. Thanks to Plug & Play, employees can put the solution into operation independently - without any dependen- cies on IT or technology. The devices are equipped directly with NB-IoT or LTE on request and require no additional infrastructure. The connection to the ORGATEX Cloud is seamless and enables centralized control. Reliable, scalable, future-proof. A stable thread mesh network ensures reliable commu- nication - more efficient than Wi-Fi or Bluetooth. New functions can be activated via software update without interrupting operation. Minimizing manual processes reduces error rates, search times - and the total cost of ownership (TCO). Made in Germany. Secure in every respect. Our hardware and software is developed and produced in Germany. GDPR-compliant hosting, high-availability systems and end-to-end encryption guarantee maximum security and quality - today and tomorrow.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD TECHNICAL DATA MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD Dimensions (L x W x H) with folded out boards Material Weight without battery and Samsung Flipp 3000 x 800 x 1950 mm Steel (powder coated) Approx. 81 kg Discover the numerous advantages of our digital shop floor management tools. With the OX boards, you can digitally map all your key figures, protocols and CIP measures while you carry out your production or departmental reviews. They accelerate your information flows and make changes transparent. The OX boards can be customised according to your templates. On request, we can offer you variants for every specific application: production meeting board, OEE board, machine board, topic memory. Real-time data where it is needed The Mobile Shopfloor Board offers a whiteboard surface, a touchscreen monitor and an independent power supply. It can therefore be used flexibly and on the move at any time. With the Mobile Shopfloor Board, your shift meetings can take place directly on site. This ensures that key data is available exactly where the issues occur. The Gemba principle means that every employee can understand, analyse, and resolve the causes of problems. This significantly boosts employee motivation. The Mobile Shopfloor Board is available with or without a battery. Mobile Shopfl oor Board Version Mobile board with battery Mobile board with battery Order no. EOX-MSB EOX-MSBL Approx. 12 kg TECHNICAL DATA BATTERY MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD Net weight Dimensions (W x H x D) Capacity Optimal operating temperature Service life AC input Voltage Cell chemistry 400 x 211 x 281 mm 1024 Wh, 51,2 V 20 °C bis 30 °C 3000 cycles up to 80 % capacity 220 – 240 V ~ 10 A, 50/60 Hz LFP TECHNICAL DATA SAMSUNG FLIP MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD Net weight 40 kg Dimensions (Wx H x D) Screen diagonal Energy consumption Operating temperature 0 °C bis ~ 40 °C Touch response time 6,7 ms Screen resolution 1522 x 898 x 63 mm 1.638 mm (65") 100 W 3840 x 2160 Pixels Availability On request On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS EFFICIENT SHOPFLOOR MEETINGS - ANYWHERE, ANYTIME! No restrictions due to fixed meeting loca- tions! Hold your shopfloor meetings right where they take place. With the Mobile Shopfloor Board, you can optimize your meetings and increase efficiency with modern digital tools without having to do without classic whiteboard surfaces. WHY THE MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD? Self-sufficient power supply No fixed connections required Hybrid solution Digital and analog notes can be combined High-quality technology Integrated Samsung Flip for interactive meetings Easy to use Mobile, easy-to-move system - Trustworthy, traceable data for operational key fi gures - Simple control and tracking of measures and the development of standards - Central data maintenance, data storage and data archiving through to automated transfer from upstream systems - Clear presentation through customizable dashboards - Automated deviation calculation for a faster response - Effi cient rule communication in a centralized system that is comprehensible for all parties involved - Simplifi ed integration of employees and mana- gers through clear task and target assignments - Seamless integration of external digital systems for enhanced communication support Efficient meetings with up-to-date production data Key production figures are discussed directly on site - always updated in live overview thanks to standardized interfaces. Individual dashboards for full transparency Individual dashboards can be used to clearly visualize key production figures and adapt to specific requirements.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-LABEL Digital labels rethought OX-LABEL from ORGATEX reduces manual tasks and errors – for more efficient processes. As a digital alternative to paper labels, it ensures greater transparency, speed and security in order processing. OX-LABEL is especially effective as a digital order solution: Printout processes are eliminated and information is always up-to-date thanks to direct retrieval from the systems. This not only increases efficiency, but also process reliability. Integrated localization helps to quickly find load carriers and avoid search efforts. OX-LABEL can also be used as a shelf labeling or call system. The integrated LED supports pick and put-to-light applications and brings more structure and speed to manual processes. The integrated button can be used to trigger freely programmable signals - for replenishment requests or status messages, for example. Networked, low-maintenance and future-proof With an integrated mobile network connection (NB-IoT / LTE-M), the label can also provide the infrastructure on request. Alternatively, the label uses a new and very robust mesh net- work infrastructure that can be set up easily and cost-effecti- vely. This means that OX-LABEL can be reached at any time - even outside the factory. Standard interfaces make integration into existing systems child‘s play. Configuration via ORGATEX Cloud is designed in such a way that the IT department is not required. Maintenance of the devices takes place automatically in the background. Four AAA batteries provide up to five years of operation. Thanks to its versatility, OX-LABEL can be used in a wide variety of areas and scenarios - from production to warehouse logistics. Unused functions can be easily retrofitted ‘over- the-air’. Thanks to its effortless system integration and innovative infrastructure, it impresses with a particularly low total cost of ownership (TCO). TECHNICAL DATA OX-LABEL Item number On request (Classic) On request (Flat) Display technology e-Ink Display size in px 400 x 300 (WxH) Dimensions (Classic) Dimensions (Flat) 120 x 120 x 21 mm (WxLxD) 191 x 123 x 14 mm (WxLxD) incl. Frame Display layout Connectivity IoT protocol Button Individual NB-IoT / LTE-M Open Thread BLE v6 COAPs freely assignable Protection class IP 54 Battery Battery life 4 x AAA 1-5 years Depending on environment & use Availability On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Your advantages at a glance: - Digital clarity instead of paper chaos – replaces paper labels & consignment bills, reduces waste and eff ort - Integrated localization – avoids search eff orts and saves time - Interactive functions – with button for call signals and LED for pick/put-to-light processes - Versatile & cost-effi cient – thanks to fl exible use and low total cost of ownership - Always connected – NB-IoT / LTE-M mobile communications standard or robust Thread Mesh network included - Long battery life – up to 5 years thanks to energy-optimized hardware - OTA-Updates – new functions can be easily retrofi tted via remote maintenance - Flexible Integration – ERP connection via API - Made in Germany – Development, produc- tion & hosting GDPR-compliant in Germany Digital order form The OX-LABEL replaces classic paper labels with a digital, dynamically updatable label. Changing order data is up- dated automatically and the time-consuming process of re-labeling is no longer necessary. This saves time-consuming printing processes, reduces material consumption (paper, printer ink, etc.) and signifi- cantly reduces the error rate. Locating load carriers and containers The OX-LABEL offers a precise positioning function that can be used to locate load carriers in production or in the warehouse with an accuracy of up to 50 cm. In conjun- ction with the ORGATEX Cloud, the current position can be visualized on digital overviews, e.g. on hall layouts. This means that the containers you are looking for can be found quickly and precisely - significantly reducing time-consuming search times and making the material flow clearer and more efficient.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-BUTTON MORE EFFICIENCY. AT THE TOUCH OF A BUTTON. The OX-BUTTON is the easy way to digitally automate your operating, logistics or production processes. Due to its narrowband wireless technology and battery operation, you can install the OX-BUTTON anywhere in just a few effortless steps. And with the help of the intuitive operation in the OX cloud, even users without IT knowledge can set up sophisti- cated workflows. For these applications, for example: Finished part notification at the touch of a button With the OX-BUTTON, it only takes the push of a button for a finished product to be picked up by the AGV or forklift truck driver. At the same time, you keep the data in your ERP or WMS system always up to date with an automatic finished part notification.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Automated material procurement Always the right amount of raw material in the warehouse – the OX-BUTTON makes this easy and automatic. If material is running out, your warehouse staff simply send an automatic procurement order to the purchasing department at the touch of a button. At the same time, the stocks in your WMS or ERP system are updated. This allows you to shorten replenishment times, reduce staff retention and make reliable procurement decisions. Faster error messages With the OX-BUTTON, you can reduce production interruptions through automated error messages. One press of a button is all it takes to inform relevant parties, such as a foreman, about machine faults and request help at the same time. The message can also be sent to your OEE or MES system and visualised on Andon boards, for example. Simple parts request If your product consists of several components, the OX-BUTTON reliably helps you to avoid expensive downtimes. As with material procurement, production employees simply request the required parts at the touch of a button as soon as a minimum quantity is not reached. TECHNICAL DATA OX-BUTTON Item number On request Dimensions in mm 120 x 120 x 21 (WxLxD) Display technology e-Ink Display size in px 400 x 300 (WxH) Display layout Individual Connectivity IoT protocol Button Protection class Battery Battery life NB-IoT / LTE-M OpenThread BLE v6 COAPs freely assignable IP 54 4 x AAA 1-5 years Depending on environment & use Availability On request Example Product component falls below minimum quantity. Employee presses the OX-BUTTON. An industrial truck receives the message and delivers the component. The OX-BUTTON automatically sends a delivery order to the relevant departments.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-SPOT Safety through smart LED projection The OX-SPOT from ORGATEX is a powerful LED projection system for displaying warning and information symbols - reli- able, wear-free and clearly visible. It is suitable both for stand- alone, permanent operation and for digitally controlled use with automatic activation. TECHNICAL DATA OX-SPOT Item number LED power Luminous fl ux Effi ciency eOX-Spot-40 | eOX-Spot-80 40 W | 80 W 1.150 lm | 4.730 lm 27 lm/W | 56 lm/W In the basic application, the OX-SPOT projects warning signs such as stop or attention symbols onto defined areas - e.g. in driveways, danger zones or crossing areas. It is particularly robust and visible - even in difficult lighting conditions. For dynamic requirements, the OX-SPOT can be integrated into an intelligent control system. Using motion detection or vehicle detection, it activates project-specific warning signals when critical situations arise. It is controlled via modern protocols and the ORGATEX cloud platform. The OX-SPOT can therefore be used individually or scaled as part of a comprehensive safety concept for warehouses and production - ideal in the environment of AGV systems and heavily frequented work areas. With interchangeable motifs, simple installation and two power levels, the OX-SPOT is flexibly adaptable and can be used immediately. Color temperature 6300 - 6700 K LED service life ca. 35.000 h Power consumption 42 W | 84 W Input voltage 220 - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Cooling Housing material Weight Connection Active (20 db(A)) | Active (29 db(A)) Steel / aluminum, powder-coated 1,97 kg | 3,5 kg IEC socket Field of application Dry interiors Ambient temperature -30 °C to +35 °C Protection class / protection type Photobiological safety I / IP20 RG-2 according to ICE/EN 62471-5:2015) Availability On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Motif Interchangeable Lens Focus setting IEC socket Power consumption 42 W / 84 W Motif holder Screwable Your advantages at a glance: - Combinable applications – permanent projection plus digital control possible - Wear-free warning signs – permanently visible without wear - Reacts automatically – for vehicles or movement in critical zones - High energy effi ciency – modern LED technology with low power consumption - Central control & integration – compatible with ORGATEX Cloud - Individually customizable – with changeable motifs for every application Hazardous points in production areas In production halls, people and machines often come together in confined spaces. The OX-SPOT provides clear visual warnings at clearly defined points - e.g. at machine access points, intersections or maintenance zones. The permanent and wear-free projection of warning symbols increases attention in a targeted manner and significantly reduces the risk of accidents. Motion detection In dynamic environments with constant pedestrian and vehicle traffic, the OX-SPOT uses connected sensors to detect critical movements - such as the approach of a vehicle. The system activates the appropriate projection in live overview to warn other road users or employees. The result is an active safety system that only reacts when it is really necessary.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-SPOT-STANDARD MOTIFS 40 W AND 80 W Prohibited for industrial trucks Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-1 EOX-SPOT-80-M-1 Availability: On request Prohibited for pedestrians Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-2 EOX-SPOT-80-M-2 Availability: On request Warning of industrial trucks Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-3 EOX-SPOT-80-M-3 Availability: On request For pedestrians Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-4 EOX-SPOT-80-M-4 Availability: On request Stop No access for Warning of and give way! unauthorised persons industrial trucks Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-9 EOX-SPOT-80-M-9 Availability: On request Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-17 EOX-SPOT-80-M-17 Availability: On request Order no. EOX-SPOT-M-101 EOX-SPOT-80-M-101 Availability: On request Forklift traffic, no entry, pedestrians and much more: warning and information signs are regularly required in the manufactu- ring industry and many other sectors. You will find ready-made motifs for standard situations in our range. Customised motifs are also possible.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-SPOT-STANDARD MOTIFS 40 W AND 80 W Black & White 1 Colour 2 Colours 3 Colours (Motif without colour) (Motif single-colour) (Motif two-colours) (Motif three-colours) Order no. EOX-SPOT-MI-SW EOX-SPOT-80-MI-SW Availability: On request Order no. EOX-SPOT-MI-1 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-1 Availability: On request Order no. EOX-SPOT-MI-2 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-2 Availability: On request Order no. EOX-SPOT-MI-3 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-3 Availability: On request OX-SPOT 40 Illuminance [lux] eOX-Spot40 3.870 1.720 970 620 430 320 240 180 150 120 100 90 75 65 4 Colours (Motif four-colour) Order no. EOX-SPOT-MI-4 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-4 Availability: On request 0,2 m 0,5 m 00,7 m 0,9 m 1,2 m 1,,4 m 1,6 m 1,9 m 2,1 m 2,3 m 2,66 mm 22,8 m 3,0 mm 3,3 m 3,5 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m OX-SPOT 80 Illuminance [lux] eOX-Spot80 11.210 4.980 2.800 1.790 1.250 910 700 550 450 370 310 270 230 200 3 m 0,6 m 00,8 m 1,1 m 1,4 m 1,,7 m 2,0 m 2,3 m 2,6 m 2,9 m 3,22 mm 33,5 m 3,8 mm 4,1 m 4,4 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-STATION
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS How to configure your FiFo tracks digitally The OX station is the digital extension to our classic FiFo station. Connect up to 120 lanes with an efficient pick-by-light system. Missing withdrawals are minimised, internal and external subsequent delivery processes are automatically triggered according to the KANBAN principle and the digital interface enables direct access to all goods movements. - Classic FiFo station, digitally enhanced - Up to 120 tracks can be linked together - Sensors register floor rollers when retracting and extending - High level of safety: system operates with 24 V DC (direct current) TECHNICAL DATA OX-STATION Item number Supply voltage Sensors On request 24 V (direct current) Magnetic Hall Sensors Maximum number of tracks 120 Recognisable transport container Dollies (more on request) Housing material PA12 (additively manufactured) Necessary infrastructure Schuko socket Internal data transfer protocol MODBUS RTU Response time < 1 s Optional cloud connection Via LTE Retrievability of the data REST API Availability On request
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 TECHNICAL DATA OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 Item number Size per unit On request 535 x 210 x 140 mm (L x W x H) Compatible rail system ORGATEX ® FiFo-Monorail Feed speed Max. Total load Power data Input voltage 3 m/min up to 300 kg 50 W/24 V DC / 2 A 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Structural requirements Level hall fl oor (≥ 20 N/mm2 compressive strength) Safety distance ≥ 120 mm to moving parts Availability On request Efficiency for the FiFo station - easy to retrofit OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 is the ideal addition for modern FiFo stations. The motorized feed unit transports dollies (up to 300 kg total load) fully automatically - from one module to the next. Driven by robust bristle belts and controlled by integ- rated light barriers, OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 ensures a reliable material flow without manual intervention. Integration into existing monorail tracks is quick and uncom- plicated. This allows existing stations to be raised to a new level of automation in the shortest possible time - without interfering with higher-level systems. Seamless automation and process-oriented thinking OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 not only reduces physically strenuous pushing, but above all manual labor-intensive activities. It ensures that material movements are carried out automatically and punctually - especially when being removed by AGVs or at cycle-critical transfer points. Unnecessary delays due to a lack of feed are now a thing of the past. The feed speed of 3 m/min is ideal for cycle-oriented processes and flexible production environments. OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 can be expanded modularly and easily adapts to growing requirements or new line layouts.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Your advantages at a glance: - Automated material supply – for more effi cient production processes without manual intervention - Less personnel eff ort – manual interactions and inspection rounds are eliminated - Fast integration – into existing FiFo rails and processes - Scalable & adaptable – for diff erent production environments - Optimized AGV use – seamless transfer to driverless transport systems Automation of FiFo stations in production OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 replaces the manual pushing of dollies and ensures uniform replenishment at the points of use - completely automatically, standardized and without personnel effort. Continuous material flow In conjunction with an AGV system, OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 an act as a transfer point for transports. This creates a con- tinuous, automated material flow - from the warehouse to the production line, without any delays.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS ORGATEX CLOUD DISTANCESENSOR MONOMOVER LABEL SPOT STATION ORGATEX CLOUD MOBILE SHOPFLOOR BOARD 3RD PARTY CONNECTIVITY Simply digitize - without hurdles Overview and control - anytime and anywhere The ORGATEX Cloud is a SaaS platform specially developed for Whether via desktop or mobile app: the platform enables the intralogistics that makes it easier to get started with digitaliza- central management of all connected devices and processes. tion. Thanks to its clear user guidance, practical functions and Data can be visualized in live overview and evaluations support intuitive interface, the solution can be operated directly by decisions at all levels. The ORGATEX Cloud is scalable and can specialists on site - regardless of previous IT knowledge. This be expanded at any time - for warehouses, production and means that projects can be implemented immediately instead logistics sites of any size. of being delayed by lengthy coordination. Flexibly control and expand processes Devices can be connected via plug-and-play and made ready for use in just a few minutes. Business rules and automations TECHNICAL DATA ORGATEX CLOUD Item number Hosting On request Germany can be created and adapted directly by the users themselves - GDPR compliant yes without external support. This creates a high degree of flexibi- Safety Hardened safety architecture lity and autonomy in process design. Open for systems, safe in operation The ORGATEX Cloud enables the connection of existing ERP or MES systems via standardized interfaces. At the same time, it meets the highest security standards: GDPR-compliant hosting in Germany, modern encryption procedures and a hardened platform architecture ensure reliable, secure operation. Availability (Annual average) 99,8 % SLA Availability Individual regulation On request
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Your advantages at a glance: - Intuitive user experience – especially for warehouse and store fl oor users - Seamless integration – into existing systems via standardized interfaces - Plug’n’Play setup – Devices immediately ready for operation - Maximum transparency – Centralized management of all devices & processes - Fast results – Business rules and automation can be implemented directly by users - Better decisions – through Real-time visualization of relevant data - Security Made in Germany – GDPR- compliant and technically up to date - Flexible & mobile – Available at any time via desktop or app Automatic replenishment control via OX-Kanban sensor and ERP connection (interface) The ORGATEX Cloud links physical material movements directly with digital processes. As soon as an OX-Kanban sensor registers the removal of a container, a defined rep- lenishment process is automatically triggered. The direct connection to the ERP system triggers reordering or stock transfer in real time - without manual intervention. In this way, triggered restocking processes can be designed to be reliable, error-free and transparent. Load carrier localization via hall visualization and OX-LABEL (Interface) Using the ORGATEX Cloud, the positions of load carriers can be recorded in live overview and visualized on a digital hall map. By integrating the OX-LABELs with location function, movements are automatically recorded and dis- played in a traceable manner. Employees can search for specific containers or means of transport - search times are reduced, processes are accelerated and the overview in the warehouse is significantly improved.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-KANBAN SENSOR Mounted in a flash, flexibly aligned TECHNICAL DATA OX-KANBAN SENSOR The OX-Kanban sensor takes the classic Kanban principle to a new, digital level. Equipped with modern time-of-flight technology, the optical sensor measures fill levels continuously and contact-free - without any mechanical Item number Connectivity Protocol movement or toggle switches. A single sensor per compartment Protection class On request NB-IoT / LTE-M / Thread COAPs IP54 is sufficient to record precise information on the material level. Availability On request Thanks to its compact, adaptable design, the sensor can be easily adapted to different container sizes and shelf types. Existing systems can be retrofitted quickly and easily - without structural changes or complex cabling. Networked thinking, needs-based action The recorded data is transmitted to the ORGATEX Cloud in live overview - either via NB-IoT / LTE-M or a robust Thread Mesh network. There, it is clearly visualized and can be directly integ- rated into automation systems, e.g. for replenishment control or for notifications when defined minimum quantities are not reached.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Your advantages at a glance: - Non-contact, continuous level measurement – through modern TOF technology - Can be fl exibly retrofi tted – adapts to diff erent containers and shelves - Automated replenishment processes – production interruptions are avoided - One sensor per compartment – universally applicable, simple installation - Real-time visualization – Fill levels at all times at a glance via the ORGATEX Cloud - Reliable connectivity – via NB-IoT, LTE-M or in the Thread Mesh network - Suitable for industrial use and robust – can also be used under demanding conditions Flexible integration and easy customization The OX-Kanban sensor can be fitted to a wide variety of shelf types without any major installation work. Changes to container sizes or installation heights do not require any mechanical conversions - it is sufficient to adapt the software settings to the new situation. This keeps the sys- tem permanently modular and saves valuable time when changing the material flow. Automatic replenishment control for logistics and production As soon as a sensor falls below a defined fill level, a rep- lenishment order is automatically triggered. Integration into ERP or cloud-based systems enables a continuous process chain - from the sensor to material provision. The ORGATEX Cloud provides logistics teams and line suppliers with a clear overview of all relevant fill levels and allows them to take targeted action without time-consu- ming inspections.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS OX-PARKING BAY SENSOR Centimeter-precise warehouse transparency - automatically and intelligent The OX-Parking bay sensor from ORGATEX uses modern time-of-flight technology to precisely detect pallets, containers or cardboard boxes in defined storage areas. Unlike conventi- Item number Connectivity Protocol TECHNICAL DATA OX-PARKING BAY SENSOR On request NB-IoT / LTE-M / Thread COAPs IP54 onal systems, the sensor measures continuously and contact- Protection class lessly from above - even from a great height - and therefore Availability On request provides reliable information about occupied and free storage spaces. Installation is straightforward and requires no intervention in existing warehouse structures. The sensor can be flexibly adapted to different storage space sizes and warehouse layouts using the software. This means that changes in the warehouse can be implemented at any time without time-consuming re-installation or manual readjustment. Fully integrated into your processes The recorded data is transmitted to the ORGATEX Cloud in live overview - via NB-IoT, LTE-M or a robust Thread Mesh network. There they are available for visualizations, notifications and triggered restocking processes. The combination of accurate detection, flexible alignment and seamless system integration enables dynamic, inventory-led warehouse management - without the need for inspections or searches.
BACK TO THE SUMMARY DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS Your advantages at a glance: - Detection accurate to the centimeter – through modern time-of-fl ight technology - Flexible confi guration – software settings for diff erent storage layouts and heights - Permanent warehouse transparency – continuous recording without manual control - Automated material supply – integration in replenishment and warehouse logics - Direct visualization in the ORGATEX Cloud – traceable occupancy status at any time - Robust communication – via NB-IoT, LTE-M or Thread Mesh network Monitoring of non-inventory managed materials such as cardboard Especially with packaging materials or auxiliary materials such as cardboard boxes, there is often no tracking sys- tem in place. The OX-Parking bay sensor detects the fill level and occupancy of the bin locations with centimetre precision - even for non-stocked materials. This means that reorders can be initiated in good time before supply bottlenecks occur. Adaptation to different warehouse layouts and materials The sensor can be quickly adjusted to new conditions on the software side - be it a different crate size, a different detection range or a completely new warehouse layout. Physical conversion or repositioning is generally not necessary. This saves time and makes the warehouse structure flexibly scalable in the long term.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS General Terms and Conditions Our services are aimed exclusively at tradespeople, retailers, industry and institutions. Prices Price details: All prices are quoted in euros. Unless otherwise agreed, invoicing shall be based on the prices valid on the day of delivery. The prices are net prices, excluding packaging and excluding VAT, from Langenfeld. Price deviations: We make an effort to provide accurate and up-to-date price information. However, price variations may occur and we reserve the right to adjust prices at our discretion and without prior notice. Errors in prices: Despite our best efforts, errors may occur in our pri- cing information, whether due to technical errors, typographical er- rors or other unintentional causes. In the event of an obvious pricing error, we reserve the right to cancel or amend your order, to reflect the correct price. We will notify you immediately in such a case and give you the opportunity to confirm or cancel your order. Delivery/shipping/packaging Delivery shall be at the risk of the customer. Dispatch shall be carried out by the means we deem most suitable and in the packaging we deem most suitable. Special requests shall be charged to the purchaser. Delivery times Specified delivery times are non-binding. Delayed delivery does not entitle the customer to cancel the order or to assert claims for damages. Complaints Any obvious defects must be reported in writing immediately, at the latest within 8 days of receipt of the goods, by sending in the delivery note. In the event of justified complaints, we are only obliged, at the buyer‘s discretion, to either grant a price reduction, exchange the goods or take them back and refund the purchase price. Defects in a part of the delivery cannot lead to a complaint about the entire delivery. The customer can only demand a reduction, but not cancellation or compensation. In the case of all self-adhesive products, our technical instructions for use do not release you from the obligation to carefully test our products on original materials before they are released for use, due to the wide range of possible applications. Return of goods To avoid unnecessary costs, our consent must be obtained before returning goods. Without this consent, we reserve the right to refuse acceptance. Generally excluded from return or exchange are: all customised products, printed matter, all magnetic items (e.g. magnetic signs, magnetic storage labels, magnetic foils, tapes and pockets). Customised products/special prints In the production of special prints, we cannot accept any respon- sibility for errors that the client has overlooked or is responsible for in the proof. Any correction costs incurred shall be charged to the client. In the case of printed matter and customised products, the prescribed quantity is generally supplied. The client is obliged to recognise an excess or short delivery of the ordered quantity of 10%. The delivered quantity is invoiced. We re- serve the right to deviations in raw material properties, paper quality, colouring, and other material properties within the customary limits. Equipment/trademarks/copyrights The modification of the design, packaging, blister packaging etc. of our goods and the use of our trademark – in whatever form – is only permitted with our express consent. ORGATEX GmbH retains the copyright and the right of reproduc- tion in any process and for any purpose of sketches, drafts, origi- nals, films, packaging inserts and the like. Reprinting, imitation or duplication of ORGATEX GmbH products is not permitted without our consent. Likewise, the reprinting, reproduction, and transfer of ORGATEX GmbH catalogue content to e-commerce platforms, even in extracts, is not permitted. We reserve the right to take legal action in the event of infringement. Printing plates, matrices, lithographs, copy templates and the like remain the property of ORGATEX GmbH, even if they are invoiced separately. Minimum order value Very small orders are uneconomical for both our customers and us and represent a significant cost factor. Nevertheless, we have refrained from setting a minimum order value – but must charge a shipping/packaging fee of 9.00 euros in any case. Terms of payment Our invoices are payable within 30 days of the invoice date without deduction. We grant a 2% discount for payment within 10 days. The contractual partner (reseller) of ORGATEX GmbH undertakes to pre- sent ORGATEX GmbH‘s reservation of title to its customers who do not immediately pay the purchase price in full in cash. The delivered goods remain our property until full payment has been made. The presentation of bills of exchange does not constitute payment. Place of jurisdiction The place of fulfilment and jurisdiction for both contracting parties is Langenfeld.
DIGITAL INTR ALOGISTICS
orgatex.com HEADQUARTERS GERMANY ORGATEX GmbH Albert-Einstein-Str. 19 D-40764 Langenfeld, Germany Tel.: +49 2173 1064-0 info@orgatex.de www.orgatex.com